Users Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsPowerSwitch S3048-ON

Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the

S3048–ON System

9.11(2.0P1)

Summary of content (1715 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the S3048–ON System 9.11(2.
PAGE 2
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2017 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. Dell, EMC, and other trademarks are trademarks of Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide...........................................................................................................................................40 Objectives......................................................................................................................................................................... 40 Audience........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 4
Control and Monitoring................................................................................................................................86 banner exec...................................................................................................................................................................... 86 banner login....................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 5
show environment..........................................................................................................................................................130 show inventory................................................................................................................................................................132 show login statistics...........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 6
Access Control Lists (ACL).........................................................................................................................180 Commands Common to all ACL Types......................................................................................................................... 181 remark.........................................................................................................................................................................181 show config...........
PAGE 7
ip prefix-list............................................................................................................................................................... 235 seq............................................................................................................................................................................. 236 show config..............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 8
deny icmp (for Extended IP ACLs).............................................................................................................................. 276 deny ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs)...............................................................................................................278 deny (for Standard MAC ACLs)...................................................................................................................................279 deny (for Extended MAC ACLs)....
PAGE 9
ip route bfd..................................................................................................................................................................... 330 ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors............................................................................................................................................ 331 isis bfd all-neighbors........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 10
debug ip bgp notifications.......................................................................................................................................372 debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration......................................................................................................................... 373 debug ip bgp updates.............................................................................................................................................. 374 default-metric.......
PAGE 11
show config...............................................................................................................................................................415 show ip bgp............................................................................................................................................................... 416 show ip bgp cluster-list...........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 12
11 Control Plane Policing (CoPP)................................................................................................................... 471 control-plane-cpuqos..................................................................................................................................................... 471 service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues...........................................................................................................................
PAGE 13
host............................................................................................................................................................................ 513 lease........................................................................................................................................................................... 513 netbios-name-server...................................................................................................................................
PAGE 14
hash-algorithm seed......................................................................................................................................................549 ip ecmp-group................................................................................................................................................................550 ip ecmp weighted..................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 15
redundancy reset-counter.............................................................................................................................................591 redundancy sfm standby............................................................................................................................................... 591 redundancy synchronize...............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 16
interface....................................................................................................................................................................636 interface group.........................................................................................................................................................638 interface loopback.................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 17
show management application pkt-fallback-cntr................................................................................................ 699 Port Channel Commands..............................................................................................................................................700 channel-member......................................................................................................................................................700 group..........................
PAGE 18
ip domain-list.................................................................................................................................................................. 745 ip domain-lookup............................................................................................................................................................ 746 ip domain-name............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 19
cam-ipv6 extended-prefix............................................................................................................................................ 806 clear ipv6 fib...................................................................................................................................................................806 clear ipv6 route..................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 20
domain-password........................................................................................................................................................... 851 graceful-restart ietf....................................................................................................................................................... 852 graceful-restart interval.......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 21
show isis protocol.......................................................................................................................................................... 894 show isis traffic.............................................................................................................................................................. 895 spf-interval...............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 22
fefd reset.................................................................................................................................................................. 940 fefd-global interval....................................................................................................................................................941 fefd-global........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 23
debug ip msdp................................................................................................................................................................ 978 ip msdp cache-rejected-sa........................................................................................................................................... 979 ip msdp default-peer.................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 24
IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) Guard................................................................................................................... 1023 debug ipv6 nd ra–guard........................................................................................................................................ 1023 device–role..............................................................................................................................................................1024 hop–limit........
PAGE 25
auto-cost.................................................................................................................................................................1060 clear ip ospf............................................................................................................................................................. 1061 clear ip ospf statistics.........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 26
show ip ospf database opaque-as......................................................................................................................... 1113 show ip ospf database opaque-link....................................................................................................................... 1114 show ip ospf database router.................................................................................................................................1115 show ip ospf database summary.....
PAGE 27
37 Policy-based Routing (PBR)....................................................................................................................1170 description......................................................................................................................................................................1170 ip redirect-group.............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 28
monitor multicast-queue.............................................................................................................................................. 1214 monitor session..............................................................................................................................................................1214 rate-limit.........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 29
match ip vlan...........................................................................................................................................................1259 match ip vrf.............................................................................................................................................................1260 match mac access-group......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 30
description.....................................................................................................................................................................1304 distance......................................................................................................................................................................... 1305 distribute-list in..................................................................................................................................
PAGE 31
protocol spanning-tree rstp.........................................................................................................................................1349 show config.................................................................................................................................................................. 1350 show spanning-tree rstp.............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 32
radius-server deadtime...........................................................................................................................................1391 radius-server group.................................................................................................................................................1391 radius-server host..................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 33
ip ssh rekey ............................................................................................................................................................ 1429 ip ssh rhostsfile.......................................................................................................................................................1430 ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config)........................................................................................................................
PAGE 34
sflow max-header-size extended................................................................................................................................1472 sflow polling-interval (Global)..................................................................................................................................... 1472 sflow polling-interval (Interface).................................................................................................................................
PAGE 35
logging trap.............................................................................................................................................................. 1519 logging version........................................................................................................................................................1520 show logging........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 36
55 SupportAssist........................................................................................................................................ 1566 eula-consent................................................................................................................................................................. 1566 support-assist...............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 37
ntp offset-threshold..................................................................................................................................................... 1597 ntp server...................................................................................................................................................................... 1597 ntp source.................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 38
ip vrf...............................................................................................................................................................................1636 ip http vrf.......................................................................................................................................................................1637 description....................................................................................................................................
PAGE 39
vlt domain...................................................................................................................................................................... 1676 vlt-peer-lag port-channel............................................................................................................................................ 1676 show vlt private-vlan..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 40
1 About this Guide This guide provides information about the Dell Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 41
x|y Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allow you to choose any or all of the options. Information Icons This guide uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information. CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data.
PAGE 42
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
PAGE 43
% Warning: The following users are currently configuring the system: User "" on line User "admin" on User "admin" on User "Irene" on Dell#conf console0 line vty0 ( 123.12.1.123 ) line vty1 ( 123.12.1.123 ) line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2.
PAGE 44
tcp telnet tftp unicast-host-route unknown-unicast vlan-flooding vrf global tcp settings Specify telnet options TFTP configuration commands Configuration for ip unicast address-family Enable IPv4 unknown-unicast packets to CPU Vlan flooding Configure VRF instance When entering commands, you can take advantage of the following timesaving features: • Commands are not case-sensitive. • Enter partial (truncated) command keywords.
PAGE 45
The CLI prompt changes as you move up and down the levels of the command structure. Starting with CONFIGURATION mode, the command prompt adds modifiers to further identify the mode. For more information about command modes, see Command Modes. Using the Keyword no Command To disable, delete or return to default values, use the no form of the commands. For most commands, if you type the keyword no in front of the command, you disable that command or delete it from the running configuration.
PAGE 46
Filtering the Command Output Multiple Times You can filter a single command output multiple times. To filter a command output multiple times, place the save option as the last filter. For example: command | grep regular-expression | except regular-expression | grep other-regularexpression | find regular-expression | no-more | save.
PAGE 47
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, and S6000.
PAGE 48
Command Modes To navigate and launch various CLI modes, use specific commands. Navigation to these modes is described in the following sections. BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY Mode To enable or configure IPv4 for BGP, use BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY mode. For more information, see Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4). To enter BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER BGP mode. 2 Enter the address-family command. 3 Enter the protocol type: • For IPv4, enter the ipv4 multicast command.
PAGE 49
DHCP Mode To enable and configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), use DHCP mode. For more information, see Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). To enter DHCP mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the ip dhcp server command. The prompt changes to include config-dhcp. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. DHCP POOL Mode To create an address pool, use DHCP POOL mode.
PAGE 50
When you are in EXEC mode, the > prompt is displayed following the host name prompt, which is “Dell” by default. You can change the host name prompt using the hostname command. NOTE: Each mode prompt is preceded by the host name. EXEC Privilege Mode The enable command accesses EXEC Privilege mode. If an administrator has configured an “Enable” password, you are prompted to enter it.
PAGE 51
Prompt Interface Type Dell(conf-if)# INTERFACE mode Dell(conf-ifgi-1/1)# Gigabit Ethernet interface then the slot/port information Dell(conf-ifte-1/1)# Ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iflo-0)# Loopback interface number Dell(conf-ifnu-0)# Null Interface then zero Dell(conf-ifpo-0)# Port-channel interface number The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 52
LLDP Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use LLDP mode. For more information, see Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). To enter LLDP mode: 1 To enable LLDP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. To enable LLDP on an interface, verify that you are logged in to INTERFACE mode. 2 Enter the protocol lldp command. The prompt changes to include conf-lldp or conf-if-interface-lldp.
PAGE 53
1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the monitor session command, and then the session ID. The prompt changes to include conf-mon-sess-sessionID. MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE (MSTP) Mode To enable and configure MSTP, use MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, see Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP). To enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command.
PAGE 54
PREFIX-LIST Mode To configure a prefix list, use PREFIX-LIST mode. To enter PREFIX-LIST mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the ip prefix-list command and the name for the prefix list. The prompt changes to include conf-nprefixl. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, see GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP).
PAGE 55
1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Use the router bgp command, and then enter the AS number. The prompt changes to include conf-router_bgp. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER ISIS Mode To enable and configure Intermediate System to Intermediate System (ISIS), use ROUTER ISIS mode. For more information, see Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS). To enter ROUTER ISIS mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 56
SPANNING TREE Mode To enable and configure the Spanning Tree protocol, use SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, see Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). To enter SPANNING TREE mode: 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2 Enter the protocol spanning-tree stp-id command. The prompt changes to include conf-stp. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. SupportAssist Mode To enable and configure the SupportAssist, use SupportAssist mode.
PAGE 57
2 Enter the vrrp-group command, and then enter the VRRP group ID. The prompt changes to include conf-if-interfacetype-slot/port-vrid-vrrp-group-id.
PAGE 58
3 File Management This section contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files, as well as other file management commands.
PAGE 59
stack-unit Enter the keywords stack-unit to specify the stack unit number. all Enter the keyword all for all the stack units. stack-unit-number Enter the stack-unit number. The range is from 1 to 6. default Enter the keyword default to specify the default Dell Networking OS image. primary Enter the keyword primary to specify the primary Dell Networking OS image. secondary Enter the keyword secondary to specify the secondary Dell Networking OS image.
PAGE 60
cd Change to a different working directory. Syntax cd [flash: | usbflash:] Parameters flash: Use the keyword flash: to change the current directory to internal flash and its sub directories. usbflash: Use the keyword usbflash: to change the current directory to the inserted USB.
PAGE 61
ftp: Enter the keyword ftp: to copy from the remote file system, IPv4, or IPv6, (ftp:// userid:password@hostip/filepath) . http: Enter the keyword http: to copy from the remote file system, IPv4, or IPv6, (http:// hostip/filepath) . nfsmount: Enter the keyword nfsmount: to copy from the nfs mount file system (nfsmount:// /filepath). running-config Enter the keywords running-config to copy from the current system configuration.
PAGE 62
Usage Information Version Description E-Series Original command. Dell Networking OS supports a maximum of 100 files at the root directory level on both the internal and external flash. When copying a file to a remote location (for example, using Secure Copy [SCP]), enter only the keywords and Dell Networking OS prompts you for the rest of the information.
PAGE 63
Password to login remote host: Destination file name [test.cfg]: test1.cfg Dell# Example Dell# copy compressed-config compressed-cfg ! 6655 bytes successfully copied Dell# Dell#copy compressed-config ftp: Address or name of remote host []: 10.11.8.12 Destination file name [startup-config]: User name to login remote host: spbalaji Password to login remote host: ! 6655 bytes successfully copied Dell# Example Dell# copy http://admin:admin123@10.16.206.
PAGE 64
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for NFS mount. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. dir Display the files in a file system. The default is the current directory.
PAGE 65
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 66
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series You must include the colon (:) when entering this command. After reformatting is complete, three empty directories are automatically created on flash: CRASH_LOG_DIR, TRACE_LOG_DIR and NVTRACE_LOG_DIR. CAUTION: This command deletes all files, including the startup configuration file.
PAGE 67
CAUTION: If you elect to format the flash, all files – including the startup configuration file – are lost. If you do decide to format the specified flash, consider saving the running configuration as the startup configuration after formatting the flash (use the write memory command or copy runningconfig startup-config command). Related Commands • copy — copy one file to another location. • show file-systems — display information about the file systems on the system.
PAGE 68
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Dell# mount nfs nfstest nfs-mount-point usrname pwd Dell# Related Commands • cd — change the working directory.
PAGE 69
flash: file-url Enter the keyword flash: and specify the location of the image file in the format // directory-path or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. ftp: file-url Enter the keyword ftp: and specify the location of the image file in the format // userid:password@host-ip/filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. nfsmount:// / filepath Enter the keyword nfsmount: and specify the location of the image file in the format ///filepath.
PAGE 70
After you upgrade the system image, by entering the command. specify the location where the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system is stored (boot system), save the configuration to the start-up config file (write memory), and reload the system (reload). Example Dell# upgrade system tftp://10.11.8.12/dv-rainier-13 a: 00:39:32 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 51. Received block num: 50 !00:39:36 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 65.
PAGE 71
rename Rename a file in the local file system. Syntax Parameters rename url url url Enter the following keywords and a filename: • For a file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. • For a file on an NFS mounted file system, enter nfsmount:// followed by the mount point and file path. • For a file on an external USB drive, enter usbflash:// followed by the filename. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 72
clear-all Enter the keywords clear-all to reset the NvRAM, boot environment variables, and the system startup configuration. nvram Enter the keyword nvram to reset the NvRAM only. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 73
Each boot path variable (primary_boot, secondary_boot, and default_boot) is further split into the following three independent variables: • primary_server, primary_file, and primary_type • secondary_server, secondary_file, and secondary_type • default_server, default_file, and default_type NOTE: For information on the default values that these variables take, refer to the Restoring Factory Default Environment Variables section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration guide.
PAGE 74
Power-cycling the unit(s). Dell# Example (NvRAM, single unit) Dell# restore factory-defaults stack-unit 1 nvram ************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.) * * After restoration the unit(s) will be powercycled immediately.
PAGE 75
Current system image information in the system: ============================================= Type Boot Type A B --------------------------------------------------Stack-unit 1 FLASH BOOT 9-0(2-1) 9-0(2-0)[boot] Dell# show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 76
show file-systems Display information about the file systems on the system. Syntax show file-systems Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 77
Field Description • Prefixes Related Commands • w = write access Displays the name of the storage location. format flash – erases all the existing files and reformats the file system in the internal flash memory. show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified.
PAGE 78
Usage Information NOTE: A filepath that contains a dot ( . ) is not supported. show running-config Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values. Syntax show running-config [entity] [configured] [status] [compressed] Parameters entity (OPTIONAL) To display that entity’s current (non-default) configuration, enter one of the following keywords: NOTE: If you did not configure anything that entity, nothing displays and the prompt returns.
PAGE 79
interface port-channel for the current port-channel interface configuration. interface tunnel for all configured tunnels. For a specific tunnel, enter the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 80
rip for the current RIP configuration rmon for the current RMON configuration route-map for the current route map configuration sflow for the current sFlow configuration snmp for the current SNMP configuration spanning-tree for the current spanning tree configuration static for the current static route configuration status for the file status information supportassist for the current SupportAssist configuration tacacs+ for the current TACACS+ configuration tftp for the current TFTP conf
PAGE 81
Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Added support for the tunnel and EIS interface types. 9.0.0.0 Added support for the VLT option. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added the hardware-monitor option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Expanded to include the last configuration change, start-up last updated (date and time), and who made the change. 6.5.4.
PAGE 82
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 83
Command Fields Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 84
Parameters boot Enter the keyword boot to change the boot image. system Enter the keyword system to change the system image. ftp: After entering the keyword ftp:, you can either follow it with the location of the source file in this form: //userid:password@hostip/filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
PAGE 85
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. RFC 3986 specifies that IPv6 host addresses in a uniform resource identifier (URI) must be enclosed in square brackets, [X:X:X:X::X]. For maximum flexibility this command accepts IPv6 host addresses with or without the square brackets. Reload Dell Networking OS after executing this command.
PAGE 86
4 Control and Monitoring This section contains command information to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP). banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command. Parameters c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delineator, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER.
PAGE 87
Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the banner EXEC (if configured) displays.
PAGE 88
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the keyword keyboard-interactive. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 89
banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner. Syntax banner motd c line c To delete a Message of the Day banner, enter no banner motd. Parameters c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner. The delineator is a percent character (%). line Enter a text string for your MOTD banner the message with your delineator. The delineator is a percent character (%). Defaults No banner is configured.
PAGE 90
cam-acl Allocate content addressable memory (CAM) for IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 91
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.2) Added support for the fcoe parameter on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added the keywords fcoeacl and iscsioptacl on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dual-qos. 8.2.1.
PAGE 92
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Reboot the switch after changing the parameter values for changes to take effect. For platform-specific instructions about using this command, see the SDN section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. clear line Reset a terminal line.
PAGE 93
configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode. Syntax configure [terminal] Parameters terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 94
Example Dell# configure Dell(conf)# disable Return to EXEC mode. Syntax disable [level] Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 95
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example none • CONFIGURATION • INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 96
Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. Defaults 15 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 97
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(2.0P1) Introduced on the C9010, S3048–ON, S6100–ON and Z9100–ON. Enables Intel CPU LPC (Low Pin Count) clock-failure monitoring and issues a warning syslog to the user to take appropriate action if signal degradation is seen.
PAGE 98
end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes). Syntax end Command Modes Command History Related Commands 98 • CONFIGURATION • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • LINE • INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • VRRP • ACCESS-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 99
exec-timeout Set a time interval that the system waits for input on a line before disconnecting the session. Syntax exec-timeout minutes [seconds] To return to default settings, use the no exec-timeout command. Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes of inactivity on the system before disconnecting the current session. The range is from 0 to 35791. The default is 10 minutes for the console line and 30 minutes for the VTY line. seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of seconds.
PAGE 100
exit Return to the lower command mode. Syntax exit Command Modes Command History Related Commands 100 • EXEC Privilege • CONFIGURATION • LINE, INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • PROTOCOL GVRP • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • MAC ACCESS LIST • ACCESS-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 101
ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. Syntax Parameters ftp-server [vrf vrf-name] enable vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable the FTP server to listen to that VRF instance. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify the VRF that is used by the FTP server to accept client connections. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 102
512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 226 Transfer complete 329 bytes received in 0.018 ftp> tgtimg diagnostic other tgt seconds (17.95 Kbytes/s) ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made. Syntax ftp-server topdir directory Parameters directory Enter the directory path. Defaults The internal flash is the default directory.
PAGE 103
ftp-server username Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. Syntax ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password To delete a user name and its password, use the no ftp-server username username command. Parameters username Enter a text string up to 40 characters long as the user name. password password Enter the keyword password then a string up to 40 characters long as the password.
PAGE 104
hostname Set the host name of the system. Syntax hostname name Parameters name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long. Defaults Dell Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 105
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets.
PAGE 106
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. To make the HTTP clients VRF-aware, use the ip http vrf command.
PAGE 107
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The password is listed in the configuration file; you can view the password by entering the show runningconfig ftp command. Use the ip ftp password command when you use the ftp: parameter in the copy command.
PAGE 108
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 109
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description E-Series Original command. Configure a password with the ip ftp password command. • ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections. ip ftp vrf Configures an FTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the FTP server. Syntax ip ftp [vrf {vrf-name | management}] To undo the FTP client configuration, use the ip ftp [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf-name Enter the vrf-name to specify the VRF that is used by the FTP client.
PAGE 110
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.
PAGE 111
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information You can enable the TELNET server on either a management VRF or a user-defined VRF but not both. If you do not specify a VRF name, then the TELNET server is enabled on the default VRF.
PAGE 112
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 113
Usage Information If you configure a TELNET client to use a specific VRF, then you need not explicitly specify the same VRF during the TELNET client sessions corresponding to that VRF. Example Dell(conf)# ip telnet vrf vrf1 Dell(conf)# do telnet 10.10.10.2 Dell(conf)# no ip telnet vrf vrf1 Dell(conf)# ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic.
PAGE 114
ip tftp vrf Configures an TFTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the TFTP server. Syntax ip tftp [vrf vrf-name] To undo the TFTP client configuration, use the no ip tftp [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to specify the VRF that is used by the TFTP client. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 115
end-number (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 9 as the last virtual terminal line to configure. You can configure multiple lines at one time. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 116
Defaults Not configured. You can use all the available sessions. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 117
Current sessions for user admin: Line Location 2 vty 0 10.14.1.97 3 vty 1 10.14.1.97 4 vty 2 10.14.1.97 5 vty 3 10.14.1.97 Clear existing session? [line number/Enter to cancel]: Related Commands • login statistics — enable and configure user login statistics on console and virtual terminal lines. • show login statistics — displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system.
PAGE 118
NOTE: Login statistics are not applicable for login sessions that do not use authentication on user names. For example, the system does not report login activity for a telnet session that prompts only a password field. Example When you log into the system, it displays a message similar to the following: $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14. Escape character is '^]'. Login: admin Password: Last successful login: 12:52:01 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 Line vty0 ( 10.11.178.14 ).
PAGE 119
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 120
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. tos (IPv4 only) Enter the type of service required. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 0.
PAGE 121
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0)P5 Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.8(0.0)P2 Introduced on the S3048–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4820T. Usage Information 8.3.12.0 Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 122
Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.31.1.255, timeout is 2 seconds: Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.208 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.216 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.205 16 ms :: Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.209 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.66 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell# ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 100::1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100.
PAGE 123
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 9.1(0.0) Added ‘conditional’ parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 124
Parameters * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 125
datetime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the message. localtime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp. msec (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword msec to include milliseconds in the timestamp. show-timezone (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword show-timezone to include the time zone information in the timestamp. uptime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword uptime to have the timestamp based on time elapsed since system reboot.
PAGE 126
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example threshold • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword threshold to display the temperature thresholds in Celsius for each level. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 127
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. show command-history Display a buffered log of all commands all users enter along with a time stamp.
PAGE 128
[11/20 15:47:23]: console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: console [11/20 15:47:23]: console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 21:17:35]: [11/20 21:17:36]: [11/20 21:17:36]: [11/20 21:19:25]
PAGE 129
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 130
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 131
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 132
Dell#show environment pem -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) -----------------------------------------------------------0 0 down UNKNOWN down 0 0 1 up AC up 6504 Dell#show environment thermal-sensor -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) -- Unit Sensor0 Sensor1 Sensor2 Sensor3 Sensor4 Sensor5 Sensor6 ------------------------------------------------------------------0 39 36 37 37 31 31 46 show inventory Display the switch type, components (including media), and Dell Networking Op
PAGE 133
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced this version of the command for S-Series. S-Series output differs from ESeries. If there are no fiber ports in the unit, just the header under show inventory media displays. If there are fiber ports but no optics inserted, the output displays Media not present or accessible. • show interfaces — displays the interface configuration.
PAGE 134
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500. To view the successful and failed login details of the current user in the last 30 days or the custom defined period, use the show login statistics command. To view the successful and failed login details of all users in the last 30 days or the custom defined period, use the show login statistics all command.
PAGE 135
Unsuccessful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 3 Successful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------User: admin3 Last login time: 13:18:42 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 136
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 137
summary Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywordsummary to view CPU utilization of processes related to stack-unit processing. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 138
| Pipe through a command Dell#show processes cpu management-unit details CPUID 5sec 1min 5min -------------------------------------------------CORE 0 11.73 10.79 12.82 CORE 2 11.73 12.05 14.31 Overall 11.73 11.42 13.
PAGE 139
show processes ipc flow-control Display the single window protocol queue (SWPQ) statistics. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information show processes ipc flow-control [cp] cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view the control processor’s SWPQ statistics. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 140
Field Description #msg Sent/Msg Sent/ Number of messages sent #msg Ackd/Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Retr /Available Retra Number of retries left Total/ Max Retra Number of retries allowed Important Points: Example • The SWP provides flow control-based reliable communication between the sending and receiving software tasks. • A sending task enqueues messages into the SWP queue3 for a receiving task and waits for an acknowledgement.
PAGE 141
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information management-unit Enter the keyword management-unit for CPU memory usage of the stack management unit. stack unit unit id Enter the keyword stack unit then a stack unit ID of the member unit for which to display memory usage on the forwarding processor. all Enter the keyword all for detailed memory usage on all stack members. summary Enter the keyword summary for a brief summary of memory availability and usage on all stack members.
PAGE 142
show processes memory output Description Allocs Total dynamic memory allocated Frees Total dynamic memory freed Max Maximum dynamic memory allocated Current Current dynamic memory in use Field The output for the show process memory command displays the memory usage statistics running on CP part (sysd) of the system. The sysd is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on S-Series’ CP.
PAGE 143
267 bcmSTACK 117927936 0 0 0 266 bcmRX 117927936 0 0 0 265 bcmLINK.0 117927936 0 0 0 !----------- output truncated --------------! Dell# 0 0 0 0 0 0 show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show software ifm {clients [summary] | ifagt number | ifcb interface | stackunit unit-ID | trace-flags} clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information.
PAGE 144
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 145
Example (show system brief) Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 The brief parameter no longer displays the current Reload mode. To display Reload mode, use the show reload-type command. Modified the show system stackunit command output to support Piece Part ID (PPID). 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 146
save Enter the keyword save to save the command output. flash: Save to local flash drive (flash://filename. A maximum of 20 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 147
Example (S-Series) • show log summary • show command-history (last 20 commands) • show log Dell# show tech-support ? page Page through output stack-unit Unit Number | Pipe through a command Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 1 ? | Pipe through a command Dell# show tech-support stack-unit 1 | ? except Show only text that does not match a pattern find Search for the first occurrence of a pattern grep Show only text that matches a pattern no-more Don't paginate output save Save output to a file
PAGE 148
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S-Series. telnet Connect through Telnet to a server. The Telnet client and server in Dell Networking support IPv4 and IPv6 connections. You can establish a Telnet session directly to the router or a connection can be initiated from the router. NOTE: The Telnet server and client are VRF-aware.
PAGE 149
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 150
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 151
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. Syntax Parameters traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} host Enter the name of device. vrf instance (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name.
PAGE 152
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series with IPv6. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv4 only). 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. 7.6.1.0 Added support for the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 153
Dell# Related Commands • 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms ping — tests the connectivity to a device. undebug all Disable all debug operations on the system. Syntax undebug all Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 154
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 155
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 156
5 802.1X 802.1X is a port-based Network Access Control (PNAC) that provides an authentication mechanism to devices wishing to attach to a LAN or WLAN. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.
PAGE 157
• dot1x profile • dot1x quiet-period • dot1x reauthentication • dot1x reauth-max • dot1x server-timeout • dot1x static-mab • dot1x supplicant-timeout • dot1x tx-period • mac • show dot1x cos-mapping interface • show dot1x interface • show dot1x profile debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all debugs in dot1x.
PAGE 158
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [maxattempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 159
• dot1x guest-vlan — configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. • show dot1x interface — display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 160
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.
PAGE 161
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • dot1x authentication (Interface) — enable dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level.
PAGE 162
dot1x critical-vlan Configure critical-VLAN for users or devices when authentication server is not reachable. Syntax [no] dot1x critical-vlan vlan-id Parameters vlan-id Defaults Not Configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Enter the VLAN identifier. The VLAN-ID range is from 1 to 4094. INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 163
Auth PAE State: Backend State: Authenticated Idle dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 164
Related Commands • dot1x auth-fail-vlan — Configure an authentication failure VLAN. • dot1x reauthentication — Enable periodic re-authentication of the client. • dot1x reauth-max — Configure the maximum number of times to re-authenticate a port before it becomes unauthorized dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication. Syntax dot1x host-mode {single-host | multi-host | multi-auth} Parameters single-host Enable single-host authentication.
PAGE 165
Related Commands • show dot1x interface — display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, Dell Networking OS attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. Syntax dot1x mac-auth-bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command.
PAGE 166
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 167
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • dot1x host-mode — enable single-host or multi-host authentication. dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port.
PAGE 168
dot1x profile Configure a dot1x profile to define a list of trusted supplicant MAC addresses. Syntax [no] dot1x profile profile-name Parameters profile-name Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter a dot1x profile-name. The profile name length is limited to 32 characters. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Error Strings NONE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 169
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 170
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications.
PAGE 171
dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 172
dot1x static-mab Enable static MAC authorization bypass (MAB) and configure static MAB profile to an interface. Syntax [no] dot1x static-mab profile profile-name Parameters profile profile-name Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Enter the keyword profile and the profile-name to configure the static MAB profile name. The profile name length is limited to 32 characters. INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 173
Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: 60 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Authenticated Idle dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30.
PAGE 174
Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 175
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. The mac command configures a list of supplicant MAC addresses for a dot1x profile represented with a profilename. You can configure up to 6 MAC addresses in a single mac command.
PAGE 176
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Enter a supplicant’s MAC address using the mac-address option to display CoS mapping information only for the specified supplicant.
PAGE 177
show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. Syntax Parameters show dot1x interface interface [mac-address mac-address] interface mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 178
Port Control: Port Auth Status: Re-Authentication: Untagged VLAN id: Guest VLAN: Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# Example (macaddress) AUTO AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) Disable 400 Enable 100 Disable NONE NONE Enable Enable 3 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 second
PAGE 179
Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: NONE Enable Enable 3 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:11 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# AUTHORIZED(GUEST-VLAN) 100 Authenticated Idle show dot1x profile Display all the dot1
PAGE 180
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 181
• deny (for Extended MAC ACLs) • permit (for Standard IP ACLs) • permit arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) • permit ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) • permit icmp (for Extended IP ACLs) • permit udp (for Extended IP ACLs) • permit (for Extended IP ACLs) • permit (for Standard MAC ACLs) • seq (for Standard MAC ACLs) • permit tcp (for Extended IP ACLs) • seq arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) • seq ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) • seq (for IP ACLs) • seq (for IPv6 ACLs) • permit udp (for
PAGE 182
• Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 183
Command Modes Command History Example • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 184
access-class Apply a standard ACL to a terminal line. Syntax access-class access-list-name [ipv4 | ipv6] To remove an ACL, use the no access-class command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured Standard ACL, up to 140 characters. ipv4 Enter the keyword ipv4 to configure an IPv4 access class. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to configure an IPv6 access class. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 185
or ipv6), the ACL processes either IPv4 or IPv6 rules, but not both. Using this configuration, you can set up two different types of access classes with each class processing either IPv4 or IPv6 rules separately. However, if you already have configured generic IP ACL on a terminal line, then you cannot further apply IPv4 or IPv6 specific filtering on top of this configuration. Because, both IPv4 and IPv6 access classes are already configured on this terminal line.
PAGE 186
ip access-group Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface. Syntax ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id] [vrf vrf-name] To delete an IP access-group configuration, use the no ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id][layer3] [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic.
PAGE 187
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can assign one ingress ACL and one egress ACL to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs).
PAGE 188
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. Syntax show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface [vrf vrf-name] Parameters Command Modes Command History 188 access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL.
PAGE 189
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. NOTE: The vrf option is available only when VRF feature is enabled. show ip accounting access-lists Description “Extended IP...” Displays the name of the IP ACL. “seq 5...” Displays the filter.
PAGE 190
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to display the access-lists that are configured on either the default or non-default VRFs. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.5.1.
PAGE 191
dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. ecn (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ecn to match the ECN bits. The range is from 0 to 3. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 192
Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the Quality of Service section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. The software cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes increment. Related Commands • ip access-list standard — configure a standard ACL. • permit — configure a permit filter.
PAGE 193
Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports one ingress and one egress IP ACL per interface. Prior to Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard TestList Dell(config-std-nacl)# • ip access-list extended — create an extended access list.
PAGE 194
NOTE: For more information, see “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 195
resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-Increment} ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP access list. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence.
PAGE 196
seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {source [mask] | any | host ip-address}} [count [byte] | log] [dscp value] [ecn value] [fragments] [monitor [sessionID]] [no-drop] [order] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequence-number Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition.
PAGE 197
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Added support for session–ID to the monitor parameter. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 198
The following commands configure extended IP ACLs, which in addition to the IP address, also examine the packet’s protocol type. The platform supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 199
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Added support for session–ID to the monitor parameter. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter.
PAGE 200
• ip access-list extended — create an extended ACL. deny icmp To drop all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. Syntax deny icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [count [byte] [order] [fragments] [monitor [session-ID]] [no-drop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 201
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 202
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 203
Flow-based Monitoring in the Port Monitoring section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 204
The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. NOTE: When you configure ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (for example, gt, lt, or range) may require more than one entry.
PAGE 205
host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command) port port Enter the application layer port number.
PAGE 206
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 207
Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands • deny — assign a filter to deny IP traffic. • deny tcp — assign a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Name (or select) an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols. Syntax ip access-list extended access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list extended access-list-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the access list name.
PAGE 208
Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list extended TESTListEXTEND Dell(config-ext-nacl)# Related Commands • ip access-list standard — configure a standard IP access list. • show config — display the current configuration. permit To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 209
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Added support for session–ID to the monitor parameter. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.
PAGE 210
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 211
order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor then the session–ID to describe the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. The session–ID range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 212
Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the “Quality of Service” section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: When you configure ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. The S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes increment.
PAGE 213
Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value.
PAGE 214
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 215
Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands • ip access-list extended — create an extended ACL. • permit — assign a permit filter for IP packets. • permit tcp — assign a permit filter for TCP packets. resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list.
PAGE 216
Usage Information When all sequence numbers are exhausted, this feature permits re-assigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list. seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter.
PAGE 217
• 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count the packets. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bytes to count the bytes. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. ecn (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ecn to match to the ECN values. The range is from 0 to 3.
PAGE 218
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.
PAGE 219
The MAC ACL can be applied on Physical, Port-channel and VLAN interfaces. As per the specified rules in the ACL, the traffic on the interface/ VLAN members or Port-channel members will be permitted or denied. clear counters mac access-group Clear counters for all or a specific MAC ACL. Syntax Parameters clear counters mac access-group [mac-list-name] mac-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured MAC access list. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 220
NOTE: This option is available only with the keyword in option. optimized Enter the keyword optimized to enable ACL optimization. in Enter the keyword in to configure the ACL to filter incoming traffic. out Enter the keyword out to configure the ACL to filter outgoing traffic. NOTE: 1. If the MAC ACL is applied on VLAN, none of the VLAN members should have an access list applied for that VLAN. 2.
PAGE 221
• mac access-list extended — configure an extended MAC ACL. show mac access-lists Display all of the Layer 2 ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/ mismatches against each ACL entry displayed. Syntax Parameters show mac access-lists [access-list-name] [interface interface] [in | out] access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 222
show mac accounting access-list Display MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured). Syntax show mac accounting access-list access-list-name interface interface in | out Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 223
Usage Information The ACL hit counters increment the counters for each matching rule, not just the first matching rule.
PAGE 224
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option.
PAGE 225
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 226
byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 227
seq To a deny or permit filter in a MAC access list while creating the filter, assign a sequence number. Syntax deny {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {any | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} command.
PAGE 228
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
PAGE 229
Parameters any Enter the keyword any to drop all packets. host mac-address Enter the keyword host and then enter a MAC address to drop packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly.
PAGE 230
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.
PAGE 231
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.
PAGE 232
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} {any | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets. host Enter the keyword host then a MAC address to forward packets with that host address.
PAGE 233
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.
PAGE 234
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 235
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 236
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Prefix lists redistribute OSPF and RIP routes meeting specific criteria.
PAGE 237
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 238
Example Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show config ! ip prefix-list snickers Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists.
PAGE 239
Example Dell# show ip prefix-list detail Ip Prefix-list with the last deletion/insertion: PL_OSPF_to_RIP ip prefix-list PL_OSPF_to_RIP: count: 3, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 25 seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 (hit count: 0) seq 10 deny 2.1.0.0/16 ge 23 (hit count: 0) seq 25 permit 192.0.0.0 bitmask 192.0.0.0 (hit count: 800) Dell# show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists.
PAGE 240
Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria, use the following commands. continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map. Syntax continue [sequence-number] Parameters sequence-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 241
With a match clause and a continue clause, the match clause executes first and the continue clause next in a specified route map entry. The continue clause launches only after a successful match. The behavior is: • A successful match with a continue clause, the route map executes the set clauses and then goes to the specified route map entry upon execution of the continue clause.
PAGE 242
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. • route-map — enable a route map. match as-path To match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path, configure a filter. Syntax match as-path as-path-name To delete a match AS path filter, use the no match as-path as-path-name command.
PAGE 243
Related Commands • set as-path — add information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute. match community To match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path, configure a filter. Syntax match community community-list-name [exact] To delete a community match filter, use the no match community command. Parameters community-listname Enter the name of a configured community list. exact (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords exact to process only those routes with this community list name.
PAGE 244
match interface To match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified, configure a filter. Syntax match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 245
• match ip route-source — redistribute routes that match routes advertised by other routers. • match metric — redistribute routes that match a specific metric. • match route-type — redistribute routes that match a route type. • match tag — redistribute routes that match a specific tag. match ip address To match routes based on IP addresses specified in an access list, configure a filter.
PAGE 246
• match tag — redistribute routes that match a specific tag. match ip next-hop To match based on the next-hop IP addresses specified in an IP access list or IP prefix list, configure a filter. Syntax match ip next-hop {prefix-list prefix-list-name} To delete a match, use the no match ip next-hop {prefix-list prefix-list-name} command. Parameters prefix-list prefix-listname Enter the keywords prefix-list and then enter the name of configured prefix list, up 10 140 characters. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 247
match ip route-source To match based on the routes advertised by routes specified in IP access lists or IP prefix lists, configure a filter. Syntax match ip route-source {prefix-list prefix-list-name} To delete a match, use the no match ip route-source {prefix-list prefix-list-name} command. Parameters prefix-list prefix-listname Enter the keywords prefix-list and then enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 248
match metric To match on a specified value, configure a filter. Syntax match metric metric-value To delete a value, use the no match metric [metric-value] command. Parameters metric-value Enter a value to match. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 249
match origin To match routes based on the value found in the BGP path ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. Syntax match origin {egp | igp | incomplete} To disable matching filter, use the no match origin {igp | egp | incomplete} command. Parameters egp Enter the keyword egp to match routes originating outside the AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to match routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information.
PAGE 250
internal Enter the keyword internal to match only on routes generated within OSPF areas. level-1 Enter the keyword level-1 to match IS-IS Level 1 routes. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to match IS-IS Level 2 routes. local Enter the keyword local to match only on routes generated within the switch. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 251
Parameters tag-value Enter a value as the tag on which to match. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 252
Defaults deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny. sequence-number (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps. You are prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured. If you do not define a keyword (permit or deny) for the route map, the permit action is the default.
PAGE 253
To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters prepend as-number Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 254
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 255
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.
PAGE 256
All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers. no-export Enter the keywords no-export to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT.
PAGE 257
set level To specify the IS-IS level or OSPF area to which matched routes are redistributed, configure a filter. Syntax set level {backbone | level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | stub-area} To remove a set level condition, use the no set level {backbone | level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | stub-area} command. Parameters backbone Enter the keyword backbone to redistribute matched routes to the OSPF backbone area (area 0.0.0.0). level-1 Enter the keyword level-1 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1.
PAGE 258
• set tag — specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set local-preference To set the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for routers within the local autonomous system, configure a filter. Syntax set local-preference value To delete a BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute, use the no set local-preference command. Parameters value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 259
To delete a setting, enter no set metric. Parameters + (OPTIONAL) Enter + to add a metric-value to the redistributed routes. - (OPTIONAL) Enter - to subtract a metric-value from the redistributed routes. metric-value Enter a number as the new metric value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 260
external Enter the keyword external to assign the IS-IS external metric. type-1 Enter the keyword type-1 to assign the OSPF Type 1 metric. type-2 Enter the keyword type-2 to assign the OSPF Type 2 metric. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
PAGE 261
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 262
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 263
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • set automatic-tag — compute the tag value of the route. • set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. • set metric — specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes.
PAGE 264
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you do not use the set weight command, router-originated paths have a weight attribute of 32768 and all other paths have a weight attribute of zero.
PAGE 265
seq 25 permit 192.0.0.0 bitmask 192.0.0.0 Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show route-map Display the current route map configurations. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example Related Commands show route-map [map-name] map-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 266
AS-Path Commands The following commands configure AS-Path ACLs. ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure an access control list based on the BGP AS_PATH attribute. Syntax ip as-path access-list as-path-name Parameters as-path-name Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 267
Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 268
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf)# ip community-list TestComList Dell(config-community-list)# show ip community-lists Display configured IP community lists in alphabetic order.
PAGE 269
deny (for Standard IP ACLs) To drop packets with a certain IP address, configure a filter. Syntax deny {source | any | host {ip-address}}[count [byte]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command.
PAGE 270
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
PAGE 271
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 272
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 273
• permit — configure a filter to forward packets. deny tcp (for Extended IP ACLs) Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 274
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 275
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 276
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.
PAGE 277
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 278
Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). deny ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure an egress filter that drops specified types of Ethernet packets on egress ACL supported line cards.
PAGE 279
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 280
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 281
• Parameters Defaults Use the no deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address macdestination-address-mask} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated.
PAGE 282
on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). Related Commands • permit — configure a MAC address filter to pass packets.
PAGE 283
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 284
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
PAGE 285
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit ether-type protocol-type-number {destination-mac-address macaddress-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {source-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 286
the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
PAGE 287
Usage Information Version Description 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 288
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 289
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 290
traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). Related Commands • ip access-list extended — create an extended ACL.
PAGE 291
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 292
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 293
[count [byte]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 294
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
PAGE 295
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. 9.3.0.0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 296
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. You can enter an interval in the range of 1-10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 297
seq (for IP ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter.
PAGE 298
can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction.
PAGE 299
portnumber • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter.) (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 300
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 301
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON.
PAGE 302
• Parameters Use the no permit tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. source address mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ipv6-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 303
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 304
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. source address mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 305
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 306
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.
PAGE 307
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 308
copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). deny tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter that drops TCP packets that match the filter criteria.
PAGE 309
Defaults count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
PAGE 310
on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
PAGE 311
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 312
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 313
copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
PAGE 314
7 Access Control List (ACL) VLAN Groups and Content Addressable Memory (CAM) This section describes the access control list (ACL) virtual local area network (VLAN) group, and content addressable memory (CAM) enhancements. member vlan Add VLAN members to an ACL VLAN group. Syntax member vlan {VLAN-range} Parameters VLAN-range Enter the member VLANs using comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, a single VLAN ID, or a combination.
PAGE 315
ip access-group Apply an egress IP ACL to the ACL VLAN group. Syntax Parameters ip access-group {group name} out implicit-permit group-name Enter the name of the ACL VLAN group where you want the egress IP ACLs applied, up to 140 characters. out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic.
PAGE 316
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL platforms Usage Information When an ACL-VLAN-Group name or the Access List Group Name contains more than 30 characters, the name is truncated in the show acl-vlan-group command output.
PAGE 317
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3.(0.
PAGE 318
Parameters default Reset the number of FP blocks to default. By default, 0 groups are allocated for the ACL in VCAP. ACL VLAN groups or CAM optimization is not enabled by default, and you need to allocate the slices for CAM optimization. vlanopenflow <0-2> Allocate the number of FP blocks for VLAN open flow operations. vlaniscsi <0-2> Allocate the number of FP blocks for VLAN iSCSI counters. vlanaclopt <0-2> Allocate the number of FP blocks for the ACL VLAN optimization feature.
PAGE 319
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3.(0.
PAGE 320
Example 2: Output of the show camusage acl Command Dell#show cam-usage acl Stackunit|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | Used CAM |Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============|=============|============== 1 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1536 | 0 | 1536 | | IN-L3 ACL | 1024 | 1 | 1023 | | IN-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | 0 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 206 | 9 | 197 | | OUT-L3 ACL | 178 | 9 | 169 | | OUT-V6 ACL | 178 | 4 | 174 2 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1536 | 0 | 1536 | | IN-L3 ACL | 1024 | 1 | 1023 | | IN-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
PAGE 321
Parameters group-name Default None Command Modes EXEC Display only the ACL VLAN group that is specified. The maximum group name is 140 characters. EXEC Privilege Command History Examples This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3.(0.
PAGE 322
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T and Z9000 platforms You can have up to eight different ACL VLAN groups at any given time. When you configure an ACL VLAN group, you enter the ACL VLAN Group Configuration mode.
PAGE 323
Examples The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show acl-vlan-group detail option. Note that no group or access list names are truncated Dell# show acl-vlan-group detail Group Name : Test Egress IP Acl : Ingress IP Acl : test Ingress IPV6 Acl : Vlan Members : 1-100 Dell# description (ACL VLAN Group) Add a description to the ACL VLAN group.
PAGE 324
8 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection.
PAGE 325
• Active — The active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. • Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is active. Defaults See Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 326
values configured with the bfd neighbor command or configured for the peer group to which a neighbor belongs. The neighbors inherit only the global timer values (configured with the bfd neighbor command). You can only enable BFD for VRRP in INTERFACE command mode (vrrp bfd all-neighbors). Related Commands • neighbor bfd disable — disable a BFD session explicitly with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. bfd disable Disable BFD on an interface.
PAGE 327
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface.
PAGE 328
min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system would like to receive control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. multiplier value Enter the keywords multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3.
PAGE 329
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 330
ip route bfd Enable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes. Syntax ip route bfd [prefix-list prefix-list-name] [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To disable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes, use the no ip route bfd [prefix-list prefix-list-name] [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command.
PAGE 331
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters.
PAGE 332
timers set using the bfd all-neighbors command. Using the no form of this command does not disable BFD if you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. To disable BFD on a specific interface while you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode, use the keyword disable. isis bfd all-neighbors Enable BFD on all IS-IS neighbors discovered on an interface.
PAGE 333
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command provides the flexibility to fine-tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when ISIS BFD is configured in CONFIGURATION mode. Any timer values specified with this command overrides timers set using the bfd all-neighbors command. Using the no form of this command does not disable BFD if BFD is configured in CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 334
Related Commands • The neighbor does not inherit the global BFD enable values configured with the bfd neighbor command or configured for the peer group to which the neighbor belongs. • The neighbor only inherits the global timer values configured with the bfd neighbor command: interval, min_rx, and multiplier. • neighbor bfd disable — disable a BFD session explicitly with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. neighbor bfd disable Explicitly disable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group.
PAGE 335
BFD session parameters globally configured with the bfd neighbor command or configured for the peer group to which the neighbor belongs. Related Commands • neighbor bfd — enable a BFD session explicitly with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface.
PAGE 336
Example Dell# show bfd neighbors * Ad Dn B C I O O3 R - Active session role Admin Down BGP CLI ISIS OSPF OSPFv3 Static Route (RTM) LocalAddr * 10.1.3.2 Example (Detail) RemoteAddr 10.1.3.1 Interface State Rx-int Tx-int Mult Clients Gi 1/3 Up 300 250 3 C Dell# show bfd neighbors detail Session Discriminator: 1 Neighbor Discriminator: 1 Local Addr: 10.1.3.2 Local MAC Addr: 00:01:e8:02:15:0e Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
PAGE 337
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 338
9 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 339
NOTE: Use this attribute to start a BGP instance corresponding to either a specific address family in a default VRF or an IPv4 address family in a nondefault VRF. ipv6 unicast Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to enable BGPv6 mode. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install the IPv6 route in that VRF. NOTE: It will not be possible to enable VRF mode for IPv6 unicast without configuring the corresponding IPv4 unicast mode for the same VRF.
PAGE 340
as-set (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword as-set to generate path attribute information and include it in the aggregate. AS_SET includes AS_PATH and community information from the routes included in the aggregated route. Defaults attribute-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords attribute-map then the name of a configured route map to modify attributes of the aggregate, excluding AS_PATH and NEXT_HOP attributes.
PAGE 341
The summary-only parameter suppresses all advertisements. If you want to suppress advertisements to only specific neighbors, use the neighbor distribute-list command. In the show ip bgp command, aggregates contain an ‘a’ in the first column and routes suppressed by the aggregate contain an ‘s’ in the first column. When an aggregate address is denied using a peer's outbound route-map, individual routes suppressed by the aggregate address are advertised to that peer.
PAGE 342
Related Commands • neighbor add-path — specify that this neighbor/peer group can send/receive multiple path advertisements. bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. Syntax bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, enter no bgp always-compare-med. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS).
PAGE 343
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 344
bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, enter the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 345
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bestpath router bgp configuration mode command changes the default bestpath selection algorithm.
PAGE 346
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over paths with an advertised MED attribute. Syntax bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-as-best command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 347
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced Configuring this option retains the current best-path.
PAGE 348
Usage Information Related Commands Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed. • bgp cluster-id — assign an ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. • neighbor route-reflector-client — configure a route reflector and clients. bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command.
PAGE 349
• neighbor route-reflector-client — configure a route reflector and clients. • show ip bgp cluster-list — view paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.
PAGE 350
If the neighbor is an eBGP neighbor, then BGP performs a check on the first AS number. In this scenario, it is mandatory that the first sequence in the AS path is of type AS_SEQUENCE or AS_CONFED_SEQUENCE (in the case of confederations). If the first entry appears as an AS_CONFED_SET and the neighbor is not in the local AS, then this is strictly a problem with the neighbor node. This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect.
PAGE 351
After specifying autonomous systems numbers for the BGP confederation, recycle the peers to update their configuration. Related Commands • bgp confederation identifier — configure a confederation ID. • bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp connection-retry-timer Configures the BGP connection retry timer. Syntax bgp connection-retry-timer retry-timer-value To return to the default configuration, enter the no connection-retry-timer retry-timer-value command.
PAGE 352
suppress (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the suppress value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value. If the Penalty value is greater than the suppress value, the flapping route is no longer advertised (that is, it is suppressed). The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 2000. max-suppress-time (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of minutes a route can be suppressed. The default is four times the half-life value. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 60 minutes.
PAGE 353
bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred. The range is from 0 to 4294967295.
PAGE 354
To disable BGP Link Bandwidth, enter the no bgp dmzlink-bw command. Parameters dmzlink-bw Enter the keyword dmzlink-bw to enable BGP Link Bandwidth in BGP multipath. Defaults N/A Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 355
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments.
PAGE 356
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config command output. The fast external fallover configuration is applied only after you manually reset all the existing BGP sessions.
PAGE 357
When creating Confederations, all the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. Where the 2-byte format is from 1 to 65535, the 4-byte format is from 1 to 4294967295. Both formats are accepted and the advertisements reflect the entered format. For more information about using the 2 byte or 4-byte format, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect.
PAGE 358
Usage Information This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled. Gracefulrestart applies to all neighbors with established adjacency. This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect.
PAGE 359
bgp outbound-optimization Enables outbound optimization for IBGP peer-group members. Syntax bgp outbound-optimization To disable outbound optimization, enter the no bgp outbound-optimization command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 360
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution using BGP learned routes.
PAGE 361
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is common.
PAGE 362
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 363
soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. NOTE: If you enter the clear ip bgp ip-address soft command, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. NOTE: You must execute the clear ip bgp soft out command when ever there is a change in the local policy.
PAGE 364
clear ip bgp dampening Clear information on route dampening and return the suppressed route to the Active state. Syntax clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] [dampening [ipv4-address mask | ipv6–address mask] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear information on route dampening corresponding to that VRF NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 365
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. After you enter this command, the software deletes the history routes and returns the suppressed routes to the Active state. The clear ip bgp dampening command does not clear the history paths. clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap.
PAGE 366
• ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 367
NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF. You can also use this attribute to return the suppressed routes corresponding to a specific VRF to an active state. peer-group-name Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to reset ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 368
Command Modes EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9500.
PAGE 369
keepalives Enter the keyword keepalives to view BGP keepalives. notifications Enter the keyword notifications to view BGP notifications. soft-reconfiguration Enter the keywords soft-reconfiguration to view only information on inbound BGP soft reconfiguration. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP updates. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 370
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view dampened-route information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 371
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP state changes corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peergroup-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only events on inbound BGP messages.
PAGE 372
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP keepalive information corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peergroup-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only inbound keepalive messages.
PAGE 373
peer-group peergroup-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.
PAGE 374
Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 375
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. prefix-list prefix-listname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword prefix-list then the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 376
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 377
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. • router bgp — enter ROUTER mode on the switch. maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports.
PAGE 378
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Support from 2 to 64 paths on the S4810. Command syntax changed to max-path (was maximum-paths). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path.
PAGE 379
Usage Information By default, when you create a neighbor/peer group configuration in the Router BGP context, this enables IPv4/ Unicast AFI/SAFI. When you use activate in the new context, the neighbor/peer group enables for AFI/SAFI. It is not possible to de-activate a peer from the IPv4 unicast address family. neighbor add-path This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to send/receive multiple path advertisements.
PAGE 380
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters Defaults ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 381
To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. seconds Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, before BGP route updates are sent. The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 382
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 383
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 384
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 385
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 386
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install the default routes of the multihop peer.
PAGE 387
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced When you enable failover, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 ability to reach the peer remote address and the peer local address. Whenever either address becomes unreachable (for example, no active route exists in the routing table for the peer IP or IPv6 destination/local address), BGP brings down the session with the peer.
PAGE 388
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If a local-as is configured, BGP does not allow for the configuration of BGP confederation. Similarly, if BGP confederation is configured, then BGP does not allow the configuration of local-as. This command automatically restarts the neighbor session for the configuration to take effect. Related Commands • bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process.
PAGE 389
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 390
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. This command automatically restarts the neighbor session for the configuration to take effect.
PAGE 391
NOTE: If dmzlink-bw is configured for a peer, in order for the BGP peer to advertise the prefixes with dmzlink-bw attached to it, you must reset the the peer or peer-group using the clear ip bgp session command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
PAGE 392
• show ip bgp neighbors — view BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 393
To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. limit (Optional) Enter the keyword limit to constrain the numbers of sessions for this peergroup. The range is from 2 to 256. The default is 256. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 394
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group. number Enter a number of the AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte) or from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 395
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 396
map-name Enter the name of an established route map. If the Route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound routes. NOTE: This command sends routes to peers only if an outbound policy is configured and if there is a change in the existing outbound policy. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 397
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. All routers in the peer group receive routes from a route reflector. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
PAGE 398
neighbor sender-side-loopdetect Enables sender-side loop detection for BGP. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} sender-side-loopdetect To disable sender-side loop detection, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} sender-side-loopdetect command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enable or disable all routers with in the peer group.
PAGE 399
neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community [extended | standard] To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 400
neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name}no shutdown command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.
PAGE 401
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound Enable soft-reconfiguration for BGP. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound To disable, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 402
Related Commands • show ip bgp neighbors — display routes received by a neighbor. neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 403
When two neighbors, configured with different keepalive and holdtime values, negotiate for new values, the resulting values are as follows: • the lower of the holdtime value is the new holdtime value, and • whichever is the lower value; one-third of the new holdtime value, or the configured keepalive value, is the new keepalive value. neighbor update-source Enable the E-Series software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions.
PAGE 404
Neighbors are sorted according to the source and destination ip addresses. If an update-source ip address exists, then the source ip address determines the order in which the neighbors are displayed. neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} weight weight To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} weight command.
PAGE 405
network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 406
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell Networking OS software resolves the network address the network command configures with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable using non-BGP routes and non-default routes.
PAGE 407
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Although Dell Networking OS does not generate a route due to the backdoor config, there is an option for injecting/sourcing a local route in the presence of network backdoor config on a learned route.
PAGE 408
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution {connected | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes.
PAGE 409
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can use the redistribute command to advertise the IGP cost as the MED on redistributed routes.
PAGE 410
route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 411
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 412
shutdown address-family-ipv4–multicast Disables all the BGP neighbors corresponding to the multicast IPv4 address families. Syntax shutdown address-family-ipv4–unicast Use the no shutdown address-family-ipv4–unicast command to enable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the multicast IPv4 address families. Command Modes ROUTER BGP CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM.
PAGE 413
shutdown address-family-ipv6–unicast Disables all the BGP neighbors corresponding to the unicast IPv6 address families. Syntax shutdown address-family-ipv6–unicast Use the no shutdown address-family-ipv6–unicast command to enable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the unicast IPv6 address families. Command Modes ROUTER BGP CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM.
PAGE 414
Usage Information A new policy command is introduced in order to attach the Link Bandwidth extended community only to the prefixes that are received from a neighbor that satisfy the desired conditions. This command is relevant for both inbound as well as outbound policy handling (for received prefixes). Also, there is no change to the set of supported conditions or filters. During configuration, the bandwidth is specified in Mbps, not in bytes/second.
PAGE 415
PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .] Outgoing packet capture enabled for BGP neighbor 20.20.20.
PAGE 416
show ip bgp View the current BGP IPv4 routing table for the system. Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 unicast] [network [network-mask] [longerprefixes]] Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information 416 vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view ipv4–unicast route information corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 417
In BGP, this command displays the exact reason why the route is discarded. The following describes the show ip bgp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route.
PAGE 418
show ip bgp cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] clusterlist [cluster-id] Parameters Command Modes Command History 418 vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view cluster information of BGP neighbors corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 419
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp cluster-list command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight.
PAGE 420
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. community-number Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system. You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups. local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED.
PAGE 421
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output.
PAGE 422
show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] Parameters Command Modes Command History 422 vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 423
Usage Information The show ip bgp community-list command without any parameters lists BGP routes matching the Community List and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output. The following describes the show ip bgp community-list pass command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.
PAGE 424
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 425
Example Dell# show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network d 55.0.0.0/24 From 172.16.0.
PAGE 426
NdPktPA 0 : NdLocCBP 0x41a6f000 : NdTmpPAP 0x419efc80 : NdTmpASPAP 0x41a25000 : NdTmpCommP 0x41a25800 NdTmpRRClP 0x41a4b000 : NdTmpOptP 0x41a4b800 : NdTmpNHP : NdOrigPAP 0 NdOrgNHP 0 : NdModPathP 0x419efcc0 : NdModASPAP 0x41a4c000 : NdModCommP 0x41a4c800 NdModOptP 0x41a4d000 : NdModNHP : NdComSortBufP 0x41a19110 : NdComSortHdP 0x41a19d04 : NdUpdAFMsk 0 : AFRstSet 0x41a1a298 : NHopDfrdHdP 0x41a1a3e0 : NumNhDfrd 0 : CfgHdrAFMsk 1 AFChkNetTmrP 0x41ee705c : AFRtDamp 0 : AlwysCmpMed 0 : LocrHld 10 : LocrRem 10 :
PAGE 427
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. list name Enter the extended community list name you wish to view. The range is 140 characters. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 428
show ip bgp filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] filterlist as-path-name Parameters Command Modes Command History 428 vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view route information that matches the filter lists corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 429
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp filter-list hello command shown in the following example. Field Description Path source codes Lists the path sources shown to the right of the last AS number in the Path column: • i = internal route entry • a = aggregate route entry • c = external confederation route entry • n = network route entry • r = redistributed route entry Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.
PAGE 430
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address.
PAGE 431
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp flap command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is flapping. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the flapping route. Flaps Displays the number of times the route flapped. Duration Displays the hours:minutes:seconds since the route first flapped.
PAGE 432
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 433
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric *>n 11.11.11.11/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 22.22.22.22/32 0.0.0.0 I 32.32.32.32/32 60.0.0.2 I 32.32.33.33/32 60.0.0.2 *>n 33.33.33.33/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 33.33.44.55/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 44.44.44.44/32 0.0.0.0 *>I 55.55.0.0/16 72.1.1.2 *>I 55.55.55.55/32 72.1.1.2 *>I 55.55.66.66/32 72.1.1.2 *>a 66.66.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 *>n 66.66.66.77/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 66.66.77.77/32 0.0.0.
PAGE 434
received-routes [network [networkmask] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors. NOTE: Configure the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command prior to viewing all the information received from the neighbors.
PAGE 435
Example The Lines Beginning with: Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, the link is internal; otherwise the link is external. BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID.
PAGE 436
Received 50 messages, 0 in queue 1 opens, 0 notifications, 34 updates 15 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Sent 18 messages, 0 in queue 1 opens, 0 notifications, 0 updates 16 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Route refresh request: received 0, sent messages 1 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv4 Un
PAGE 437
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 438
• + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History Usage Information 438 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count.
PAGE 439
Example Dell# show ip bgp paths ? community Display community information extcommunity Display extended community information regexp Display path information based on a regular expression | Pipe through a command Dell#show ip bgp paths Total 2 Paths Refcount Metric Path 1 0 200 i 1 0 200 i Dell# show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database.
PAGE 440
Example Field Description Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these communities. Community Displays the community attributes in this BGP path. Dell# show ip bgp paths community Total 2 communities Refcount Community 1 NO-ADVERTISE 1 200:1 1000:1 Dell# 3000:1 show ip bgp peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group.
PAGE 441
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 442
show ip bgp regexp Display the subset of the BGP routing tables matching the regular expressions specified. Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] regexp regular-expression [character] Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the subset of BGP routing tables that match the regular expression specified on that VRF.
PAGE 443
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp regexp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.
PAGE 444
ipv6 unicast Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.4.
PAGE 445
Field Description denied paths Displays the number of denied paths and the amount of memory used. BGP path attribute entries Displays the number of BGP path attributes and the amount of memory used to process them. BGP AS-PATH entries Displays the number of BGP AS_PATH attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them. BGP community entries Displays the number of BGP COMMUNITY attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them.
PAGE 446
BGP-RIB over all using 210 bytes of memory 2 BGP path attribute entrie(s) using 144 bytes of memory 1 BGP AS-PATH entrie(s) using 10 bytes of memory 2 neighbor(s) using 16384 bytes of memory Neighbor 172.16.0.2 192.168.10.2 Dell# AS 200 100 MsgRcvd 10 0 MsgSent 8 22 TblVer 0 0 InQ 0 0 OutQ Up/Down State/Pfx 0 00:05:34 2 0 00:00:00 (shut) show running-config bgp To display the current BGP configuration, use this feature.
PAGE 447
timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. The range is from 3 to 65535.
PAGE 448
BGPv4 is supported in the following: Dell Networking OS Version Platform Support 7.8.1.0, MBGP for IPv4 Multicast Only S-Series debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 449
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters Defaults external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20.
PAGE 450
The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table. Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes. Related Commands • router bgp — enter ROUTER mode on the switch. show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active).
PAGE 451
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To determine a BGP session flap, both a route-down event and a subsequent route-up event corresponding to a single route are considered. As a result, a flap event is penalized only one time during the route-down event. The subsequent route-up event corresponding to the same route is not considered as a flap and is not penalized.
PAGE 452
set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature. Syntax set extcommunity rt {as4 ASN4:NN [non-trans] | ASN:NNNN [non-trans] | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} [additive] To delete the Route Origin community, use the no set extcommunity command. Parameters as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4-byte AS number:2-byte community value).
PAGE 453
Related Commands • If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets. • set extcommunity soo — set the extended community site-of-origin in the route-map. set extcommunity soo To set extended community site-of-origin in Route Map, use this feature. Syntax set extcommunity soo {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} To delete the site-of-origin community, use the no set extcommunity command.
PAGE 454
Related Commands • If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets. • If the rt option comes after soo, without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets. • If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets. • set extcommunity rt — set the extended community route origins using the route-map.
PAGE 455
Address 0x41d57024 Hash Refcount Extended Community 12272 1 RT:7:200 SoO:5:300 SoO:0.0.0.3:1285 Dell# show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip extcommunity-list [word] word • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 456
IPv6 BGP Commands IPv6 border gateway protocol (IPv6 BGP) is supported on the platform. BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between Autonomous Systems (AS). Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically send messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 457
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debugging for IPv6 unicast routes. Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv4-address | ipv6-address | peer-group-name] ipv6 unicast softreconfiguration To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ipv4-address | ipv6-address | peer-groupname] ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration command.
PAGE 458
ipv6 prefix-list Configure an IPv6 prefix list. Syntax ipv6 prefix-list prefix-list name Parameters prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 459
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv4 unicast address families. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 460
Related Commands • ipv6 prefix-list — configure an IPv6 prefix-list. IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables the multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (AS). FTOS MBGP is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. show ipv6 mbgproutes Display the selected IPv6 MBGP route or a summary of all MBGP routes in the table.
PAGE 461
10 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use content addressable memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 462
• Hash multi-protocol label switching (MPLS) packets based on source and destination IP addresses for link aggregation groups (LAGs). • Hash based on bidirectional flow for LAGs. • Optimize the virtual local area network (VLAN) ACL Group feature, which permits group VLANs for IP egress ACLs. Important Points to Remember • Dell Networking OS supports CAM allocations on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 463
• vrfv4Acl :0 • Openflow : 0 • fedgovacl : 0 l2acl number Enter the keyword l2acl and then the number of l2acl blocks. The range is from 1 to 8. ipv4acl number Enter the keyword ipv4acl and then the number of FP blocks for IPv4. The range is from 0 to 8. ipv6acl number Enter the keyword ipv6acl and then the number of FP blocks for IPv6. The range is from 0 to 4. ipv4qos number Enter the keyword ipv4qos and then the number of FP blocks for IPv4. The range is from 0 to 8.
PAGE 464
ipv4qos number l2qos numberl2pt number ipmacacl number ecfmacl number {nlbclusteracl] [vman-qos | vmandual-qos number] ipv4pbr numberopenflow {4|8} | fcoe number [iscsioptacl number] [vrfv4acl number] Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks.
PAGE 465
If you enable BMP, to perform a reload on the chassis to upgrade any configuration changes that have changed the NVRAM content, use the command reload conditional nvram-cfg-change. cam-acl-egress Allocate CAM for egress ACLs. Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number default Reset egress CAM ACL entries to default settings. l2acl number Allocate space to each CAM region. The total space allocated must equal 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2.
PAGE 466
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0. Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 467
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl command.
PAGE 468
VmanQos : EcfmAcl : FcoeAcl : iscsiOptAcl : ipv4pbr : vrfv4Acl : Openflow : fedgovacl : nlbclusteracl: Dell# 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show cam-usage Display the amount of memory space used and available in each CAM partition (including Layer 2 ACL, Layer 3 ACL, and IPv4Flow) Syntax show cam-usage [acl | router | switch] Parameters acl (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword acl to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage. router (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword router to display Layer 3 CAM usage.
PAGE 469
Field Description Used CAM Amount of CAM space that is currently in use Available CAM Amount of CAM space that is free and remaining to be allocated for ACLs Example Example (show cam-usage router) test cam-usage Verify that enough CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created. Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input input policy name stack-unit {number | all} policy-map name Enter the name of the policy-map to verify. Maximum is 32 characters.
PAGE 470
QoS Optimization for IPv6 ACLs does not impact the CAM usage for applying a policy on a single (or the first of several) interfaces. It is most useful when a policy is applied across multiple interfaces; it can reduce the impact to CAM usage across subsequent interfaces. The following describes the test cam-usage command shown in the following example. Example 470 Term Explanation Stack-Unit Lists the stack unit or units that are checked. Entering all shows the status for all stacks.
PAGE 471
11 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 472
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues Apply a policy map for the system to rate limit control traffic on a per-queue basis. Syntax service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues policy-name Parameters policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 473
service-policy rate-limit-protocols Apply a policy for the system to rate limit control protocols on a per-protocol basis. Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-protocols policy-name policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 474
ip unknown-unicast Enable IPv4 catch-all route. Syntax ip unknown-unicast [vrf vrf-name] To remove the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) from the LPM route forwarding table in hardware which gets added as a default configuration after the initialization of FIB Agent module, use the no ip unknown-unicast command. Defaults None Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable catch-all routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 475
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. All the default catch-all entries in the longest prefix match (LPM) table collect and transmit all unresolved IPv6 packets to the CPU, even if they are destined for unknown destinations.
PAGE 476
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Dell# 1000 300 1300 2000 400 400 400 600 600 600 300 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 show ip protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured protocol. Syntax show ip protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example 476 Version Description 9.
PAGE 477
TCP (TELNET) VRRP Dell# any any 23 any _ _ Q6 Q10 _ _ _ _ show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured IPv6 protocol. Syntax show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 478
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for the MAC protocols. Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 479
12 Debugging and Diagnostics The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Hardware Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The following section describes the diagnostics and monitoring commands. For similar commands, refer to the Control and Monitoring chapter. logging coredump stack-unit Enable coredump on a stack.
PAGE 480
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to 5 to 30 minutes to upload. Dell Networking OS does not overwrite application core dumps so you should delete them as necessary to conserve space on the flash; if the flash is out of memory, the coredump is aborted. On the S-Series, if the FTP server is not reachable, the application coredump is aborted.
PAGE 481
primarily for on-board loopback tests and more extensive component diagnostics. Various components on the board are put into Loopback mode and test packets are transmitted through those components. These diagnostics also perform snake tests using VLAN configurations. To test 10G links, physically remove the unit from the stack. verbose Enter the keyword verbose to run the diagnostic in Verbose mode. Verbose mode gives more information in the output than Standard mode.
PAGE 482
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.
PAGE 483
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. You cannot enter this command on a Master or Standby unit. The system reboots when the off-line diagnostics complete. This reboot is an automatic process. A warning message appears when the offline stack-unit command is implemented.
PAGE 484
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 485
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. clear hardware vlan-counters Clear VLAN statistics. Syntax Parameters clear hardware vlan-couters vlan-id vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 486
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command enables a hardware watchdog mechanism that automatically reboots an Dell Networking OS switch/ router with a single unresponsive unit.
PAGE 487
show hardware ip Display ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. Syntax Parameters show hardware layer3 {acl | qos} stack-unit number port-set 0–0 acl | qos Enter either the keyword acl or the keyword qos to select between ACL or QoS data. stack-unit number Enter the keywords stack-unit then a number to select a stack ID. port-set 0–0 Enter the keyword port-set with a port-pipe number. The range is from 0 to 0.
PAGE 488
Defaults Enter the keywords cpu management statistics to display the counters of the management port. cpu party-bus statistics Enter the keywords cpu party-bus statistics, to display the Management plane input/output counter statistics of the pseudo party bus interface. cpu sata-interface statistics Enter the keywords cpu sata-interface statistics to display the sata interface error counter statistics.
PAGE 489
1856 packets, 338262 bytes 141 64-byte pkts, 1248 over 64-byte pkts, 11 over 127-byte pkts 222 over 255-byte pkts, 236 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 919 Multicasts, 430 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 325 packets, 27629 bytes, 0 underruns 9 64-byte pkts, 310 over 64-byte pkts, 1 over 127-byte pkts 1 over 255-byte pkts, 2 over 511-byte pkts, 2 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 3 Broadcasts, 322 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisi
PAGE 490
0x0060004c 0x0060104c 0x0060204c 0x0060304c 0x0060404c 0x0060504c 0x0060604c 0x0060704c 0x0060804c 0x0060904c 0x0060a04c 0x0060b04c 0x0060c04c 0x0060d04c 0x0060e04c 0x0060f04c 0x0061004c 0x0061104c 0x0061204c 0x0061304c 0x0061404c 0x0061504c 0x0061604c 0x0061704c 0x0061804c 0x0061904c 0x0061a04c 0x0061b04c 0x0061c04c 0x00780000 0x0e700102 0x0e701102 0x0e702102 0x0e703102 0x0e704102 0x0e705102 0x0e706102 0x0e707102 0x0e708102 0x0e709102 0x0e70a102 0x0e70b102 0x0e70c102 0x0e70d102 0x0e70e102 0x0e70f102 0x0e71
PAGE 491
0x0b70a001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.
PAGE 492
TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX - Unicast Frame Counter Multicast Frame Counter Broadcast Frame Counter Byte Counter Control Frame Counter Pause Control Frame Counter Oversized Frame Counter Jabber Counter VLAN Tag Frame Counter Double VLAN Tag Frame Counter RUNT Frame Counter Fragment Counter PFC Frame Priority 0 PFC Frame Priority 1 PFC Frame Priority 2 PFC Frame Priority 3 PFC Frame Priority 4 PFC Frame Priority 5 PFC Frame Priority 6 PFC
PAGE 493
RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX Example (Details) - Fragment Counter VLAN Tagged Packets Ingress Dropped Packet MTU Check Error Frame Counter PFC Frame Priority 0 PFC Frame Priority 1 PFC Frame Priority 2 PFC Frame Priority 3 PFC Frame Priority 4 PFC Frame Priority 5 PFC Frame Priority 6 PFC Frame Priority 7 Debug Counter 0 Debug Counter 1 Debug
PAGE 494
****************************************************** The total no of FP & CSF Devices in the Card is 2 The total no of FP Devices in the Card is 2 The total no of CSF Devices in the Card is 0 The number of ports in device 0 is - 24 The number of Hg ports in devices 0 is - 4 The CPU Port of the device is 28 The number of ports in device 1 is - 24 The number of Hg ports in devices 1 is - 4 The CPU Port of the device is 28 The staring unit no the SWF in the device is 0 ***************************************
PAGE 495
Maximum Shared Limit: 7667 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Gi 1/2 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 7667 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Gi 1/3 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 7667 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Gi 1/4 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 7667 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buff
PAGE 496
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9000, and Z9500.
PAGE 497
Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Gi 1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Gi 1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Gi 1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 9 ----8 10 ----8 11 ----8 show hardware counters int
PAGE 498
RX - 64 Byte Frame Counter RX - 65 to 127 Byte Frame Counter RX - 128 to 255 Byte Frame Counter RX - 256 to 511 Byte Frame Counter RX - 512 to 1023 Byte Frame Counter RX - 1024 to 1518 Byte Frame Counter RX - 1519 to 1522 Byte Good VLAN Frame Counter RX - 1519 to 2047 Byte Frame Counter RX - 2048 to 4095 Byte Frame Counter RX - 4096 to 9216 Byte Frame Counter RX - Good Packet Counter RX - Packet/Frame Counter RX - Unicast Frame Counter RX - Multicast Frame Counter RX - Broadcast Frame Counter RX - Byte Coun
PAGE 499
Command Modes queue Enter the keyword queue followed by all for displaying details of all queues, ucast queue-id or all for displaying Unicast queue details, and mcast queue-id or all for displaying Multicast queue details. priority-group Enter the keyword priority-group followed by id for specific priority-group or keyword all. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 500
• Command Modes Interface all prio-group {id | all} - ingress priority-group level snapshot EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the keyword interface all. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.
PAGE 501
show hardware system-flow Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. Syntax Parameters show hardware system-flow stack-unit id port-set number [counters] stack-unit id Enter the keywords stack-unit to select a stack member ID. port-set number [counters] Enter the keywords port-set with a port-pipe number. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters for the specified port-pipe.
PAGE 502
380 379 4 3 2 1 25 Dell# Example BCast L2_DST_HIT on VLAN 4095 0 BCAST L2_DST_HIT Packets 0 Unknown L2MC Packets 0 L2DLF Packets 0 L2UCAST Packets 0 L2BCASTPackets 0 param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=7(0x07), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, meter=NULL, counter={idx=1, mode=0x01, entries=1} ############## FP Entry for redirecting LACP traffic to CPU Port ############ EID 2045: gid=1, slice=15,
PAGE 503
show hardware vlan-counters Display the hardware VLAN statistics. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Related Commands show hardware vlan-counters vlan-id vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094. None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 504
• Command Modes For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 505
HOL DROPS(TOTAL) HOL DROPS on COS0 HOL DROPS on COS1 HOL DROPS on COS2 HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on COS4 HOL DROPS on COS5 HOL DROPS on COS6 HOL DROPS on COS7 HOL DROPS on COS8 HOL DROPS on COS9 HOL DROPS on COS10 HOL DROPS on COS11 HOL DROPS on COS12 HOL DROPS on COS13 HOL DROPS on COS14 HOL DROPS on COS15 HOL DROPS on COS16 HOL DROPS on COS17 TxPurge CellErr Aged Drops --- Egress MAC counters--Egress FCS Drops --- Egress FORWARD PROCESSOR IPv4 L3UC Aged & Drops TTL Threshold Drops INVALID VLAN CNTR Drop
PAGE 506
13 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 507
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Press Enter after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table. debug ip dhcp server Display Dell OS debugging messages for DHCP.
PAGE 508
debug ipv6 dhcp To enable debug logs for DHCPv6 relay agent transactions. Syntax debug ipv6 dhcp To disable the debug logs for dhcpv6 relay agent transactions, use the debug ipv6 dhcp command. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 509
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. disable Disable the DHCP server. Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 510
dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. Syntax dns-server address [address2...address8] Parameters address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to eight servers, in order of preference. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 511
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 512
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address. Syntax hardware-address address Parameters address Enter the hardware address of the client. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 513
host For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool. Syntax Parameters host address address/mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 514
infinite Specify that the lease never expires. Defaults 24 hours Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 515
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Networking recommends specifying clients as hybrid. Syntax Parameters netbios-node-type type type Enter the NETBIOS node type: • Broadcast: Enter the keyword b-node.
PAGE 516
network Specify the range of addresses in an address pool. Syntax network network /prefix-length Parameters network/ prefixlength Specify a range of addresses. Prefix-length range is from 17 to 31. Defaults None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
PAGE 517
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 518
show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. Syntax show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] Parameters pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 519
show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log. Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp conflict address address Display a particular conflict log entry. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 520
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Commands to Configure Secure DHCP DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms.
PAGE 521
Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • arp inspection-trust — specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. arp inspection-trust Specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. Syntax arp inspection-trust Defaults Disabled Command Modes Command History Related Commands • INTERFACE • INTERFACE PORT-CHANNEL This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 522
Parameters binding Clears the binding table. source-addressvalidation discardcounters Clears discard counters from all the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to clear the discard counters. Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 523
The following example shows how to clear the discard counters on a port channel interface: Dell> clear ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation discard-counters interface portchannel 1 Related Commands • show ip dhcp snooping — display the contents of the DHCP binding table. clear ipv6 dhcp snooping binding Clear all the DHCPv6 snooping binding database entries. Syntax clear ipv6 dhcp snooping binding Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 524
circuit-id port Enter the keywords circuit-id port to configure the port as the circuit-is in option-82. circuit-id hostname:port Enter the keywords circuit-id hostname:port to configure the circuit-id format that is sent to the server. circuit-id mac Enter the keywords circuit-id mac to configure the chassis MAC address as the circuit-id in option–82. trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router.
PAGE 525
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series on Layer 2 interfaces. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series on Layer 3 interfaces. When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN.
PAGE 526
To disable the ipv6 dhcp snooping on VLAN basis or range of VLAN, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the name of a VLAN id or list of the VLANs to enable DHCP Snooping. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 527
• Command History Related Commands EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 528
Defaults interface number Enter the number of the interface. lease value Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IPv6 address are leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. None Command Modes Command History • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 529
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ipv6 dhcp snooping database write-delay To set time interval for storing the snooping binding entries in a file. Syntax [no] ipv6 dhcp snooping database write-delay value To disable the storing of snooping binding entries in a file, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping write-delay command. Parameters value The range is from 5 to 21600.
PAGE 530
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 531
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 532
Parameters ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) SAV validates the source IP address along with the source VLAN ID against the DHCP snooping binding table. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 533
Parameters remote-id Enter the keyword remote-id to configure the system to enable the remote-id string in option-82. remote-id hostname Enter the keywords remote-id hostname to configure the port as the remote id in option–82. remote-id mac Enter the keywords remote-id mac to configure the chassis MAC address as the remote-id in option–82. remote-id WORD Enter the remote-id WORD option to configure the system to enable the remote-id string in option 82.
PAGE 534
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 535
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. ip helper-address Configures the destination broadcast address or the host address for DHCP server requests. Syntax ip helper-address [vrf vrf-name] ip-address To disable the destination broadcast address or the host address for DHCP server requests, use the ip helperaddress [vrf vrf-name] ip-address command.
PAGE 536
To delete the ipv6 helper address, use the [no] ipv6 helper-address ipv6-address command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the keywordipv6–address through which the server address can be reached. Default Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 537
Parameters Description • Defaults Command Modes Command History Example For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 538
ipmac-vlan sav access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 2 Total cam count 5 permit host 0.0.0.0 host 00:00:00:00:00:00 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.1 host 00:00:00:00:01:01 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.2 host 00:00:00:00:01:02 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.3 host 00:00:00:00:01:03 count (0 packets) ipmac-vlan sav access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 3 Total cam count 5 permit host 0.0.0.0 host 00:00:00:00:00:00 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.
PAGE 539
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. Dell# show ipv6 dhcp snooping IPv6 DHCP Snooping IPv6 DHCP Snooping Mac Verification : Enabled. : Disabled.
PAGE 540
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.
PAGE 541
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command to configure a domain name corresponding to a VRF. This domain is appended to the in complete DNS requests corresponding to the specified VRF. Example Dell(conf)# ip domain-name vrf jay dell.
PAGE 542
Example Dell(conf)# ip domain-list Dell(conf)# ip domain-list vrf jay dell.com vrf jay force10.com ip host Configures a mapping between the host name server and the IP address for a specific VRF. This mapping information is used by the nameto-IP address table to resolve host names. Syntax ip host [vrf vrf-name] name ip-address To undo the host name server to IP address mapping for VRFs, use the no ip host [vrf vrf-name] name ip-address command.
PAGE 543
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to delete dynamically learned host table entries corresponding to that VRF. host-name Enter the name of the host corresponding to which you want to delete the dynamically learnt host table entries. * Enter * to delete all host table entries. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 544
14 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. Topics: • ecmp-group • hash-algorithm • hash-algorithm ecmp • hash-algorithm seed • ip ecmp-group • ip ecmp weighted • link-bundle-monitor enable • link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold • show config • show link-bundle distribution ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle.
PAGE 545
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Off • CONFIGURATION • CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 546
crc32LSB | crcupper | dest-ip | lsb | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} stack-unit stack-unit-number | port-set port-pipe • crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 • crc32LSB: Use CRC32_LOWER — LSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 • crc-upper: Uses the upper 32 bits of the key for the hash computation • dest-ip: Uses the destination IP for ECMP hashing • lsb: Returns the LSB of the key as the hash • xor1:
PAGE 547
ip-sa-mask value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip-sa-mask then the ECMP/LAG hash mask value. The range is from 0 to FF. ip-da-mask value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip-da-mask then the ECMP/LAG hash mask value. The range is from 0 to FF. Defaults IPSA and IPDA mask value is FF for the stack-unit. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 548
the same for both stack-units when using multiple stack-units as ingress (where XX is any value from 00 to FF for both stack-units). For example, assume that traffic is flowing between linecard 1 and linecard 2: • hash-algorithm linecard 1 ip-sa-mask aa ip-da-mask 00 • hash-algorithm linecard 2 ip-sa-mask 00 ip-da-mask aa The different hash algorithms are based on the number of Port Channel members and packet values.
PAGE 549
Term heading Usage Information Description heading Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire chassis. The default ECMP hash configuration is crc-lower. This command takes the lower 32 bits of the hash key to compute the egress port and is the “fall-back” configuration if you have not configured anything else. The different hash algorithms are based on the number of ECMP group members and packet values.
PAGE 550
Usage Information Deterministic ECMP sorts ECMPs in order even though RTM provides them in a random order. However, the hash algorithm uses as a seed the lower 12 bits of the chassis MAC, which yields a different hash result for every chassis. This behavior means that for a given flow, even though the prefixes are sorted, two unrelated chassis select different hops. Dell provides a CLI-based solution for modifying the hash seed to ensure that on each configured system, the ECMP selection is same.
PAGE 551
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. You must save the new ECMP settings to the startup-config (write-mem) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. ip ecmp weighted Enables weighted ECMP calculations. Syntax ip ecmp weighted To disable weighted ECMP calculations, enter the no ip ecmp weighted command. Defaults N/A Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 552
link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. Syntax link-bundle-monitor enable To exit from ECMP group mode, use the exit command. Command Modes Command History • ECMP-GROUP • PORT-CHANNEL INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 553
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.
PAGE 554
show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP), and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface. Syntax show link-bundle-distribution Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 555
15 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the following commands: Topics: • fips mode enable • show fips status • show ip ssh • ssh fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command. Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 556
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 557
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show ip ssh SSH server : enabled.
PAGE 558
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. -c encryption cipher Enter the following encryption cipher to use. (For v2 clients only.) • 3des-cbc: Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher. FIPS mode is enabled or disabled: • aes256–ctr: Force ssh to use the aes256–ctr encryption cipher. • aes256–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes128–cbc encryption cipher. • aes192–ctr: Force ssh to use the aes128–cbc encryption cipher.
PAGE 559
Related Commands Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. show ip ssh clientpub-keys Display the client-public keys. Dell Networking OS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing.
PAGE 560
aes256-ctr Force ssh Dell#ssh 10.10.10.
PAGE 561
16 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode. Important Points to Remember • FRRP is media- and speed-independent.
PAGE 562
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 563
debug frrp Clear the FRRP statistics counters. Syntax debug frrp {event | packet | detail} [ring-id] [count number] To disable debugging, use the no debug frrp {event | packet | detail} {ring-id} [countnumber] command. Parameters event Enter the keyword event to display debug information related to ring protocol transitions. packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets.
PAGE 564
description Enter an identifying description of the ring. Syntax description Word To remove the ring description, use the no description [Word] command. Parameters Word Enter a description of the ring. Maximum: 255 characters. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 565
To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 566
control-vlan vlan-id • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Enter the keyword control-vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 567
Parameters vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs (separated by commas), a range of VLAN IDs (separated by a hyphen), a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: VLAN IDs (comma-separated): 3, 4, 6. Range (hyphen-separated): 5-10. Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 568
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 569
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command places you into the resilient ring protocol. After executing this command, the command line prompt changes to conf-frrp. show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration. Syntax Parameters show frrp [ring-id [summary]] | [summary] ring-id Enter the ring identification number.
PAGE 570
Usage Information Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. Dell Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes. This command clears the following counters: • hello Rx and Tx counters • Topology change Rx and Tx counters • The number of state change counters Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings.
PAGE 571
timer Set the hello interval or dead interval for the Ring control packets. Syntax timer {hello-interval milliseconds}| {dead-interval milliseconds} To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [milliseconds]}| {dead-interval milliseconds} command. Parameters hello-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword hello-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets.
PAGE 572
Usage Information 572 The hello interval command is the interval at which ring frames are generated from the primary interface of the master node. The dead interval command is the time that elapses before a time-out occurs.
PAGE 573
17 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic GVRP commands on the Dell Networking OS. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
PAGE 574
Topics: • clear gvrp statistics • debug gvrp • disable • garp timers • gvrp enable • gvrp registration • protocol gvrp • show config • show garp timers • show gvrp • show gvrp statistics clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface.
PAGE 575
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series • show gvrp statistics — display the GVRP statistics. debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 576
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series disable Globally disable GVRP. Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 577
garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds. The default is 200 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100.
PAGE 578
Usage Information Related Commands • Join Timer — Join messages announce the willingness to register some attributes with other participants. For reliability, each GARP application entity sends a Join message twice and uses a join timer to set the sending interval. • Leave Timer — Leave announces the willingness to de-register with other participants. Together with Join, Leave messages help GARP participants complete attribute reregistration and de-registration.
PAGE 579
Related Commands • disable — globally disable GVRP. gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type. Syntax gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command. Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. normal Enter the keyword normal then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. This setting is the default.
PAGE 580
Normal registration is the default registration. The port’s membership in the VLAN depends on GVRP. The interface becomes a member of a VLAN after learning about the VLAN through GVRP. If the VLAN is removed from the port that sends GVRP advertisements to this device, the port stops being a member of the VLAN. To advertise or learn about VLANs through GVRP, use the forbidden command when you do not want the interface.
PAGE 581
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON.
PAGE 582
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 583
Defaults Command Modes Command History None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 584
show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics. Syntax show gvrp statistics {interface interface | summary} Parameters interface interface summary Defaults • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. Enter the keyword summary to display just a summary of the GVRP statistics.
PAGE 585
• The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid VLAN ID. The valid range is from 1 to 4095. A failed registration can occur for the following reasons: Example • Join requests were received on a port that was blocked from learning dynamic VLANs (GVRP Blocking state). • An entry for a new GVRP VLAN could not be created in the GVRP database.
PAGE 586
18 High Availability (HA) High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking OS is the configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol. You must specifically enable some protocols for HA.
PAGE 587
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. The patch filename includes the Dell Networking OS version, the platform, the CPU, and the process it affects (FTOS-platform-cpu-process-patchversion.rtp). For example, a patch labeled “7.8.1.0-EH-rp2l2mgr-1.rtp” identifies that this patch applies to Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
PAGE 588
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • show processes restartable — display processes and tasks configured for restartability. redundancy disable-auto-reboot Prevent the system from auto-rebooting the failed module.
PAGE 589
redundancy force-failover Force the secondary stack unit to become the primary stack unit. You can also use this command to upgrade the software on one stack unit from the other when the other has been loaded with the upgraded software. Syntax Parameters redundancy force-failover stack-unit stack-unit Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack-unit ID number. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 590
Parameters rpm0 Enter the keyword rpm0 to set the RPM in slot R0 as the primary RPM. rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to set the RPM in slot R1 as the primary RPM. Default The RPM in slot R0 is the Primary RPM. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 591
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • show lacp — display the lacp configuration. • show redundancy — display the current redundancy configuration. redundancy reset-counter Reset failover counter and timestamp information displayed in the show redundancy command.
PAGE 592
To place the SFM in an online state, use the no redundancy sfm standby command. Default The SFM is online by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.
PAGE 593
redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data once between the Master and Stand-by stack units. Syntax Parameters redundancy synchronize [full] full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 594
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • patch flash://RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR — insert an In-Service Modular Hot-Fix patch. show processes restartable Display the processes and tasks configured for restartability. Syntax show processes restartable [history] Parameters history Display the last time the restartable processes crashed.
PAGE 595
show redundancy Display the current redundancy configuration. Syntax Command Modes Command History Usage Information show redundancy • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 596
Field Description the secondary RPM until failover occurs, and the routing table on line cards is cleared during failover.
PAGE 597
Running Config: Dell# succeeded Jul 13 2007 21:28:53 High Availability (HA) 597
PAGE 598
19 ICMP Message Types This section lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. Table 2. ICMP messages and their definitions Symbol Type Code . 0 U 3 3 Error echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable . 3 port unreachable .
PAGE 599
Symbol Type & 11 Code Description Query Error time exceeded: 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply . 15 0 information request (obsolete) . 16 0 information reply (obsolete) . 17 0 address mask request . 18 0 address mask reply .
PAGE 600
20 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) The IGMP commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • Dell Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocol-independent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes. • IGMPv2 is the default version of IGMP on interfaces.
PAGE 601
• For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 602
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 603
To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of the extended ACL (16 characters maximum). Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 604
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 605
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) For IGMP version 2, the Interval range is from 100 to 25599. Introduced on the S6000ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 606
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Maximum range of the Hello interval value is changed to 18000. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 607
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 608
source-address Specify the multicast source address to which the groups are mapped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 609
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Changed the default IGMP from version 2 to version 3. Introduced on the S6000-ON 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 610
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 611
225.0.0.4 Example (VLT) Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 NOTE: The asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 2) highlighted in the following example indicates the port channel is VLT, that the local VLT port channel is down and the remote VLT port is up. Dell# show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Uptime Expires Last Reporter 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Example (Details) 225.0.0.
PAGE 612
• Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
PAGE 613
Example (VRF) Dell# show ip igmp vrf BLUE interface GigabitEthernet 1/20 Inbound IGMP access group is not set Internet address is 50.10.4.1/24 IGMP is up on the interface IGMP query interval is 60 seconds IGMP querier timeout is 0 seconds IGMP max query response time is 10 seconds IGMP last member query response interval is 1000 ms IGMP immediate-leave is disabled IGMP activity: 0 joins IGMP querying router is 50.10.4.
PAGE 614
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show ip igmp ssm-map Interface Vlan 20 Group 232.1.1.
PAGE 615
Important Points to Remember for IGMP Querier • The IGMP snooping Querier supports version 2. • You must configure an IP address to the VLAN interface for IGMP snooping Querier to begin. The IGMP snooping Querier disables itself when a VLAN IP address is cleared, and then it restarts itself when an IP address is reassigned to the VLAN interface. • When enabled, IGMP snooping Querier does not start if there is a statically configured multicast router interface in the VLAN.
PAGE 616
debug ip igmp snooping Enable debugging of IGMP snooping packets on interfaces and groups. Syntax debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] Parameters • To disable debugging of IGMP snooping, use the no debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] command. • To disable all debugging, use the undebug all command. snooping Enter the keyword snooping to enable debugging of IGMP snooping. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 617
To disable IGMP snooping, use the no ip igmp snooping enable command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Disabled. • CONFIGURATION • INTERFACE VLAN This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 618
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 619
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Seris and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information On the C-Series and S-Series, unregistered multicast data traffic drops when you disable flooding; they do not forward the packets to multicast router ports.
PAGE 620
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This last-member-query-interval is also the interval between successive Group-Specific Query messages.
PAGE 621
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command.
PAGE 622
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically.
PAGE 623
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500.
PAGE 624
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 625
21 Interfaces To configure egress, port channel, time domain, and UDP, use these interface commands. Topics: • Basic Interface Commands • Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands • Port Channel Commands • Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) Commands • UDP Broadcast Commands Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 626
NOTE: This command also enables you to clear the port configurations corresponding to a range of ports. However, for Open Networking (ON) platforms the notation for specifying port range in the command is different from how you specify in non-ON platforms. • For non-ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range. For example, if you want to clear the port configurations corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interfacetype 1/1 - 4.
PAGE 627
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on the E-Series. Prior to the release, 2094 was supported. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Updated the definition of the learning-limit option for clarity.
PAGE 628
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information to clear counters from a specified interface: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 629
dampening Configure dampening on an interface. Syntax Parameters dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [maxsuppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. reuse-threshold Enter a number as the reuse threshold, the penalty value below which the interface state is changed to “up”. The range is from 1 to 20000.
PAGE 630
and Layer 3 protocols. The penalty is exponentially decayed based on the half-life timer. After the penalty decays below the reuse threshold, the interface enables. The configured parameters are as follows: • suppress-threshold should be greater than reuse-threshold • max-suppress-time should be at least 4 times half-life NOTE: You cannot apply dampening on an interface that is monitoring traffic for other interfaces.
PAGE 631
Example Dell(conf-if-gi-1/5)# show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 1/5 description testconfig no ip address portmode hybrid switchport rate-interval 8 mac learning-limit 10 no-station-move no shutdown Dell(conf-if-gi-1/5)# Dell(conf)# default interface gigabitethernet 1/5 Dell(conf-if-gi-1/5)# show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 1/5 no ip address shutdown Related Commands • show running-config – display the current configuration. description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface.
PAGE 632
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Modified for E-Series: Revised from 78 to 240 characters. Important Points to Remember: • To use special characters as a part of the description string, you must enclose the whole string in double quotes.
PAGE 633
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced This command applies to any physical interface with speed set to 10/100. NOTE: Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0, when you use a copper SFP2 module with catalog number GP-SFP2-1T in the S25P model of the S-Series, you can manually set its speed with the speed command.
PAGE 634
flowcontrol Control how the system responds to and generates 802.3x pause flow control frames. Syntax flowcontrol {rx {off | on} tx {off | on} [negotiate | pause-threshold value | resume-offset value] | [monitor session-ID]} To return to the default, use the no form of this command. Parameters rx on Enter the keywords rx on to process the received flow control frames on this port. NOTE: Flow-control packets are mirrored only when flow-control rx is enabled on an interface.
PAGE 635
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 6.5.1.9 and 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series with the thresholds option. The globally assigned 48-bit multicast address 01-80-C2-00-00-01 is used to send and receive pause frames.
PAGE 636
off on off off on on off on off on on off off off on on off on off on on on off off on on off on off on LocNegRx off off off off LocNegTx RemNegRx RemNegTx off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off on off off off on off off off off off off on on on off off on on off off on on off on on on off off on on off off on on off off on on off off on on interface Configure a physical or virtual interface on the switch.
PAGE 637
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 638
Related Commands • interface loopback — configure a Loopback interface. • interface null — configure a Null interface. • interface port-channel — configure a port channel. • interface vlan — configure a VLAN. interface group Create or delete group of VLANs with a single command. You can also use this command to apply a set of configurations on a group of interfaces.
PAGE 639
Usage Information The interface group command will create all the non-existent VLANs specified in the range. On successful command execution, the CLI switches to the interface group context. The configuration commands inside the group context will be the similar to that of the existing range command. Note: For release 9.4(0.0), the group command is supported only for VLANs and physical interfaces. Example Dell(conf)# interface group ? gigabitethernet GigabitEthernet interface IEEE 802.
PAGE 640
Example Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Dell(conf)# interface loopback 1655 Dell(conf-if-lo-1655)# Related Commands • interface — configure a physical interface. • interface null — configure a Null interface. • interface port-channel — configure a port channel. • interface vlan — configure a VLAN.
PAGE 641
Usage Information Version Description 6.4.1.0 Introduced You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# interface managementethernet 1/1 Dell(conf-if-ma-1/1)# • management route — configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router.
PAGE 642
Version Description 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables. Example Dell(conf)# interface null 0 Dell(conf-if-nu-0)# Related Commands • interface — configure a physical interface. • interface loopback — configure a Loopback interface. • interface port-channel — configure a port channel. • interface vlan — configure a VLAN.
PAGE 643
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 644
NOTE: If a range has VLAN, physical and port-channel interfaces, only commands related to physical interfaces can be bulk configured. To configure commands specific to VLAN and port-channel only those respective interfaces should be configured in a particular range. Example (Single Range) This example shows a single range bulk configuration.
PAGE 645
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example (Single Range) Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 646
Parameters name Enter the name of an existing macro. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example (Single Range) Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 647
NOTE: Associate the OpenFlow instance with the VLAN when the VLAN is created. An existing VLAN cannot be associated with an OpenFlow instance. Defaults Not configured, except for the Default VLAN, which is configured as VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 648
keepalive Send keepalive packets periodically to keep an interface alive when it is not transmitting data. Syntax keepalive To stop sending keepalive packets, use the no keepalive command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 649
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 650
Example (Master/ Slave) Dell(conf)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1 Dell(conf-if)# neg auto Dell(conf-if-autoneg)# ? end Exit from configuration mode exit Exit from autoneg configuration mode mode Specify autoneg mode no Negate a command or set its defaults show Show autoneg configuration information Dell(conf-if-autoneg)# mode ? forced-master Force port to master mode forced-slave Force port to slave mode Dell(conf-if-autoneg)# Example (Configured) Dell# show interfaces configured GigabitEthernet 1/18 is
PAGE 651
monitor interface Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces. The screen is refreshed every five seconds and the CLI prompt disappears. Syntax monitor interface [interface] To disable monitoring and return to the CLI prompt, press the q key.
PAGE 652
Usage Information In the Example, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. The following are the monitor command menu options. Example (Single Interface) Key Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system. monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot).
PAGE 653
Gi 1/1 Down 0 0 0 0 Gi 1/2 Up 61512 52 66160 42 Gi 1/3 Up 63086 20 9405888 24 Gi 1/4 Up 14697471418 2661481 13392989657 2661385 Gi 1/5 Up 3759 3 161959604 832816 Gi 1/6 Up 4070 3 8680346 5 Gi 1/7 Up 61934 34 138734357 72 Gi 1/8 Up 61427 1 59960 1 Gi 1/9 Up 62039 53 104239232 3 Gi 1/10 Up 17740044091 372 7373849244 79 Gi 1/11 Up 18182889225 44 7184747584 138 Gi 1/12 Up 18182682056 0 3682 1 Gi 1/13 Up 18182681434 43 6592378911 144 Gi 1/14 Up 61349 55 86281941 15 Gi 1/15 Up 59808 58 62060 27 Gi 1/16 Up 59889 1
PAGE 654
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If the packet includes a Layer 2 header, the difference between the link MTU and IP MTU (ip mtu command) must be enough bytes to include the Layer 2 header.
PAGE 655
portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. Syntax portmode hybrid To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command. Defaults non-hybrid Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 656
NOTE: Remove all other configurations on the port before you can remove the hybrid configuration from the port. Example Dell(conf)# interface gigabitethernet 1/1 Dell(conf-if-gi-1/1)# portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-gi-1/1)# interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vl-10)# untagged gigabitethernet 1/1 Dell(conf-if-vl-10)# interface vlan 20 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# tagged gigabitethernet 1/1 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# Example Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# do show interfaces switchport Name: GigabitEthernet 1/1 802.
PAGE 657
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 658
Usage Information The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along with the collected traffic data. When rate-interval is not configured in the global configuration mode or interface mode, the default value of 299 seconds is applied. When rate-interval is configured only in the global configuration mode and not in the interface mode, the global rate-interval value is applied at the interface level also.
PAGE 659
show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range). Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (conf-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 660
show hardware Display the hardware counters on a specified interface or on a specified stack unit. Syntax show hardware {counters interface interface—type slot/port | stack-unit stackunit-number unit unit-number counters} Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information counters Enter the keyword counters to display the counters on a specified interface. interface Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface information and the slot/port number.
PAGE 661
RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX - Multicast Frame Counter Broadcast Frame Counter Byte Counter Control Frame Counter Pause Control Frame Counter Oversized Frame Counter Jabber Frame Counter VLAN Tag Frame Counter Double VLAN Tag Frame Counter RUNT Frame Counter Fragment Counter VLAN Tagged Packets Ingress Dropped Packet MTU Check Err
PAGE 662
TX - Debug Counter 4 TX - Debug Counter 5 TX - Debug Counter 6 TX - Debug Counter 7 TX - Debug Counter 8 TX - Debug Counter 9 TX - Debug Counter 10 TX - Debug Counter 11 TX - EEE LPI Event Counter TX - EEE LPI Duration Counter <> 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hardware stack-unit 10 unit 0 counters unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Gi 10/1) Description Value RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX R
PAGE 663
TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX - 128 to 255 Byte Frame Counter 256 to 511 Byte Frame Counter 512 to 1023 Byte Frame Counter 1024 to 1518 Byte Frame Counter 1519 to 1522 Byte Good VLAN Frame Counter 1519 to 2047 Byte Frame Counter 2048 to 4095 Byte Frame Counter 4096 to 9216 Byte Frame Counter Good Packet Counter Packet/Frame Counter Unicast Frame Counter Multicast Frame Counter Broadcast Frame Counter Byte
PAGE 664
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 665
Usage Information Version Description 9.1(0.0) Updated Management Ethernet output to include two global IPv6 addresses on S4810 and Z9000 and added output example showing OpenFlow instance ID. 8.3.12.1 Updated command output to support multiple IPv6 addresses on S4810. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to support eSR4 optics in Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 666
Line Description Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. MTU 1554... Displays link and IP MTU information. LineSpeed Displays the interface’s line speed, duplex mode, and negotiation mode. Energy Efficient Ethernet Displays whether Energy Efficient Ethernet has been enabled or not. ARP type:... Displays the ARP type and the ARP timeout value for the interface. Last clearing...
PAGE 667
Example Line Description Time since... Elapsed time since the last interface status change (hh:mm:ss format).
PAGE 668
Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 3d17h51m Usage Information The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ip address command to assign an IP address to the Management port. If two RPMs are installed in your system, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM.
PAGE 669
Example (Management Ethernet, two IPv6 addresses) Dell# show interfaces managementethernet 1/1 ManagementEthernet 1/1 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 Current address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 Pluggable media not present Interface index is 302006472 Internet address is 10.16.130.
PAGE 670
LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:05:12 Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 00:05:12 Related Commands • show interfaces configured – display any interface with a non-default configuration. • show ip interface – display Layer 3 information about the interfaces. • show range – display all interfaces configured using the interface range command.
PAGE 671
Example Version Description 6.4.1.0 Changed the organization of the display output. Dell# show interfaces configured GigabitEthernet 1/18 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:fc Current address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:fc Interface index is 474791997 Internet address is 1.1.1.
PAGE 672
corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display the current summary of dampening data, including the number of interfaces configured and the number of interfaces suppressed, if any. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display detailed interface dampening data. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 673
show interfaces eee Display whether EEE is enabled on interfaces.. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show interfaces [interface—type [slot/port | slot/port-range]] eee interface-type • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the interface information as TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot and the port number or range of port numbers. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 674
• Command History Usage Information EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4820T, and S5000. The show interfaces eee statistics command displays the statistics of Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) on all interfaces.
PAGE 675
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 676
Phy Specific Status Displays PHY-specific status information.
PAGE 677
Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 678
Current address is 00:01:e8:4c:f2:83 !-------------output truncated ----------------! Related Commands • show hardware stack-unit — display data plane and management plane input/output statistics. show interfaces status To display status information on a specific interface only, display a summary of interface information or specify a stack-unit slot and interface.
PAGE 679
Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 680
• For a backup interface for this interface, enter the keyword backup. NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports. stack-unit unit-id Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For physical interfaces, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1 - 4.
PAGE 681
Example Items Description Name Displays the interface’s type, slot/port number. 802.1QTagged Displays whether if the VLAN tagged (“True”), untagged (“False”), or hybrid (“Hybrid”), which supports both untagged and tagged VLANs by the port. Vlan membership Lists the VLANs to which the interface is a member. Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.6.1, this field can display native VLAN membership by the port. Dell# show interfaces switchport Name: GigabitEthernet 1/1 802.
PAGE 682
Command Modes Command History Usage Information 682 Interfaces • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For non-ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1 - 4. • For ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port/[subport] slot/port/[subport].
PAGE 683
Line Description Rx Power measurement type Output depends on the vendor, typically either “Average” or “OMA” (Receiver optical modulation amplitude). Tx Power measurement type Output depends on the vendor, typically either “Supported” or “Not supported”. Temp High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting, typically in Centigrade. Value differs between SFPs and SFP+. Voltage High Alarm threshold Displays the interface index number used by SNMP to identify the interface.
PAGE 684
Interfaces Line Description Power Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temperature Current temperature of the SFPs. If this temperature crosses Temp High alarm/warning thresholds, the temperature high alarm/warning flag is set to true. Voltage Current voltage of the SFPs. If this voltage crosses voltage high alarm/warning thresholds, the voltage high alarm/warning flag is set to true.
PAGE 685
Example Line Description Rx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Temperature High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above. Voltage High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Voltage value displayed above. Tx Bias High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Tx bias current value displayed above.
PAGE 686
SFP 1 Voltage High Alarm threshold = 3.900V SFP 1 Bias High Alarm threshold = 17.000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold = 0.631mW SFP 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold = 1.259mW SFP 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold = -25.000C SFP 1 Voltage Low Alarm threshold = 2.700V SFP 1 Bias Low Alarm threshold = 1.000mA SFP 1 TX Power Low Alarm threshold = 0.067mW SFP 1 RX Power Low Alarm threshold = 0.010mW =================================== SFP 1 Temp High Warning threshold = 90.
PAGE 687
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
PAGE 688
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 689
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 690
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information The shutdown command marks a physical interface as unavailable for traffic. To discover if an interface is disabled, use the show ip interface brief command. Disabled interfaces are listed as down. Disabling a VLAN or a port channel causes different behavior. When a VLAN is disabled, the Layer 3 functions within that VLAN are disabled. Layer 2 traffic continues to flow.
PAGE 691
auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto-negotiate its speed. Autonegotiation is enabled. For more information, refer to negotiation auto. Defaults auto Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
PAGE 692
speed (Management interface) Set the speed for the Management interface. Syntax speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed command. Parameters 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s. 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface’s speed to 100 Mb/s. 1000 Enter the keyword 1000 to set the interface’s speed to 1000 Mb/s. auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto-negotiate its speed.
PAGE 693
switchport Place an interface in Layer 2 mode. Syntax switchport [[backup interface {interface | port-channel number}] | mode private-vlan {host | promisucous | trunk}] To remove an interface from Layer 2 mode and place it in Layer 3 mode, enter the no switchport command. If a switchport backup interface is configured, first remove the backup configuration. To remove a switchport backup interface, enter the no switchport backup interface command.
PAGE 694
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.4.1.0 Added support for port-channel interfaces (the port-channel number option). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Added the backup interface option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.
PAGE 695
If you configure the wavelength on a non-tunable optic, there is no change to the existing wavelength. The configured wavelength is saved in the running configuration and is applicable, when a tunable optic is used. If you do not configure the wavelength on an inserted tunable optic, the existing wavelength is used. Example The following example shows the wavelength set for a tunable 10–Gigabit SFP+ optic: Dell(conf-if-gi-1/1)# wavelength 1528.
PAGE 696
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. application (for HTTP and ICMP) Configure the management egress interface selection for HTTP and ICMP. NOTE: Only the options that have been newly introduced are described here.
PAGE 697
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 698
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. show ip management-eis-route Display the management routes used by EIS. Syntax show ip management-eis-route Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 699
Example Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Dell# show management application pkt-cntr dns : 2 ftp : 0 ntp : 0 radius : 0 sflow-collector : 0 snmp : 0 ssh : 0 syslog : 0 tacacs : 0 telnet : 0 tftp : 0 show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure.
PAGE 700
Port Channel Commands A Link Aggregation Group (LAG) is a group of links that appear to a MAC client as if they were a single link according to IEEE 802.3ad. In Dell Networking OS, a LAG is referred to as a Port Channel. • The platform supports 128 port channels and 16 members per port channel.
PAGE 701
Usage Information Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration.
PAGE 702
port-channel number Enter the keywords port-channel then an existing LAG number. Enter this keyword/ variable combination twice, identifying the two paired LAGs. Defaults None Command Modes PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP (conf-po-failover-grp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 703
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 704
minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status. Syntax minimum-links number Parameters number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 705
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Command Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 706
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 707
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Modified to display the LAG failover group status. 7.5.1.
PAGE 708
Example Field Description Output 0... Displays the type and number of packets sent out the interface. This information is displayed over three lines. Rate information... Displays the traffic rate information into and out of the interface. Traffic rate is displayed in bits and packets per second. Time since... Displays the time since the last change in the configuration of this interface.
PAGE 709
Field Description • Example In Layer 3 port channels, the primary port is not indicated. Dell# show interfaces port-channel 1 brief LAG Mode Status Uptime 1 L2 up 00:00:08 Dell# Related Commands • Ports Gi 3/1 (Up) * Gi 3/2 (Down) Gi 3/3 (Up) show lacp — display the LACP matrix. show port-channel-flow Display an egress port in a given port-channel flow.
PAGE 710
ether-type Enter the keywords ether-type in the XX:XX format. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 711
Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) Commands TDR is useful for troubleshooting an interface that is not establishing a link; either it is flapping or not coming up at all. TDR detects open or short conditions of copper cables on 100/1000 Base-T modules. Important Points to Remember • The interface and port must be enabled (configured—refer to the interface command) before running TDR. An error message is generated if you have not enabled the interface.
PAGE 712
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The interface must be enabled to run the test or an error message is generated: Dell# tdr-cable-test gigabitethernet 5/2 %Error: Interface is disabled GI 5/2 Syslog messages are generated when the link flaps during TDR tests. Related Commands • show tdr — display the results of the TDR test. show tdr Display the TDR test results.
PAGE 713
%Error: Please run the TDR test first The following describes the TDR test status. Example Related Commands Status Definition OK Status: Terminated TDR test is complete, no fault is detected on the cable, and the test is terminated. Length: 92 (+/- 1) meters, Status: Shorted A short is detected on the cable. The location, in this Example is 92 meters. The short is accurate to plus or minus one meter. Length: 93 (+/- 1) meters, Status: Open An opening is detected on the cable.
PAGE 714
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 715
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you configure the ip helper-address command and ip udp-helper udp-port command, the behavior is that the UDP broadcast traffic with port numbers 67/68 is unicast relayed to the DHCP server per the ip helper-address configuration. This occurs regardless if the ip udp-helper udp-port command contains port numbers 67/68 or not.
PAGE 716
• 716 Interfaces ip udp-helper udp-port — enable the UDP broadcast feature on an interface either for all UDP ports or a specified list of UDP ports.
PAGE 717
22 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 718
crypto ipsec transform-set Create a transform set, or combination of security algorithms and protocols, of cryptos. Syntax crypto ipsec transform-set name {ah-authentication {md5|sha1|null} | espauthentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-encryption {3des|cbc|des|null}} To delete a transform set, use the no crypto ipsec transform-set name {ah-authentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-authentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-encryption {3des| cbc|des|null}} command. Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set.
PAGE 719
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. • Both sides of the link must specify the same transform set. • You can create up to 64 transform sets.
PAGE 720
Usage Information This command creates a crypto policy entry and enters the crypto policy configuration mode for configuring the flow parameters. Example Dell(conf)# crypto ipsec policy West 10 ipsec-manual Dell(conf-crypto-policy)# management crypto-policy Apply the crypto policy to management traffic. Syntax management crypto-policy name To remove the management traffic crypto policy, use the no management crypto-policy name command. Parameters name Enter the name for the crypto policy..
PAGE 721
sourceip-address | ipv6 address Enter the keyword source then the IPv4 or IPv6 address for the source. mask Enter the mask prefix length in /nn format. source-port number Enter the source port number. destination-port number Enter the destination port number. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 722
inbound Specify the inbound session key for IPSec. outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec. ah Use the AH protocol when you select the AH transform set in the crypto policy. esp Use the ESP protocol when you select the ESP transform set in the crypto policy. spi Enter the security parameter index number. hex-key-string Enter the session key in hex format (a string of 8, 16, or 20 bytes). For DES algorithms, specify at least 16 bytes per key.
PAGE 723
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Dell# show crypto ipsec transform-set Transform-Set Name Transform-Set refCnt AH Transform ESP Auth Transform ESP Encry Transform Dell# : dallas : 0 : : : 3des show crypto ipsec policy Display the crypto policy configuration. Syntax show crypto ipsec policy Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 724
Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 2 tcp IP 1.1.1.1 /32 0 1.1.1.2 /32 23 Dell(conf-crypto-policy)# transform-set Specify the transform set the crypto policy uses. Syntax transform-set transform-set-name To delete a transform set from the crypto policy, use the no transform-set transform-set-name command.
PAGE 725
23 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on the platform.
PAGE 726
• show arp • show arp retries • show hosts • show ip cam stack-unit • show ip fib stack-unit • show ip flow • show ip interface • show ip management-route • show ipv6 management-route • show ip protocols • show ip route • show ip route list • show ip route summary • show ip traffic • show tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP).
PAGE 727
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 728
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds an ARP entry is black-holed. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 30. Defaults 30 Command Mode CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 729
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. In Dell Networking OS versions prior to 8.3.1.0, if a gratuitous ARP is received some time after an ARP request is sent, only RP2 installs the ARP information.
PAGE 730
Usage Information Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Use this command to specify the maximum number of ARP entries that the Route Table Manager can hold for a specific VRF. This command does not apply to the management VRFs. arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. Syntax arp retries number Parameters number Enter the number of retries. The range is from 1 to 20. The default is 5.
PAGE 731
arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. Syntax Parameters arp timeout minutes minutes Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 240 minutes. Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 732
clear arp-cache Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from the content addressable memory (CAM). Syntax clear arp-cache [vrf vrf-name | interface | ip ip-address] [no-refresh] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear the ARP cache corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 733
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 734
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. clear ip fib stack-unit Clear all FIB entries in the specified stack unit (use this command with caution, refer to Usage Information.) Syntax clear ip fib stack-unit unit-number vrf vrf-name Parameters unit-number Enter the number of the stack unit. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear all FIB entries corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 735
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear the routes corresponding to that VRF. * Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes. ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 736
clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters. Syntax clear tcp statistics [all | cp] Parameters all Enter the keyword all to clear all TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear only statistics from the Control Processor. rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp to clear only the statistics from Route Processor. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 737
Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 738
debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command. Defaults Debug disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example 738 Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 739
Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:40 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REPLY (Unicast) received at interface 14.4.4.1 BOOTP Reply, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 113.3.3.17 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREPLY: Forwarded BOOTREPLY for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 113.3.3.
PAGE 740
Command History Example Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 741
Parameters access-group name Enter the keyword access-group then the access list name (maximum 16 characters) to limit the debug output based on the defined rules in the ACL. count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is Infinity. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 742
Field Description len Displays the packet’s length. sending, rcvd, fragment, sending broad/multicast proto, unroutable The last part of each line lists the status of the packet. TCP src= Displays the source and destination ports, the sequence number, the acknowledgement number, and the window size of the packets in that TCP packets. UDP src= Displays the source and destination ports for the UDP packets. ICMP type= Displays the ICMP type and code.
PAGE 743
In the case of ambiguous access control list rules, the debug ip packet access-control command is disabled. A message appears identifying the error (refer to the Example below).
PAGE 744
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You must be in INTERFACE mode before you add an IP address to an interface. Assign an IP address to an interface prior to entering ROUTER OSPF mode. ip directed-broadcast Enables the interface to receive directed broadcast packets.
PAGE 745
ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command. Parameters name Enter a domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 746
To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. To view a DNS-related configuration, use the show running-config resolve command. Related Commands • ip domain-name — specify a DNS server. ip domain-lookup To address resolution (that is, DNS), enable dynamic host-name. Syntax ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 747
• show hosts — view the current bindings. ip domain-name Configure one domain name for the switch. Syntax ip domain-name name To remove the domain name, use the no ip domain-name command. Parameters name Enter one domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 748
To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. Related Commands • ip domain-list — configure additional names. ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages can be forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. Syntax ip helper-address ip-address To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 749
Usage Information You can add multiple DHCP servers by entering the ip helper-address command multiple times. If multiple servers are defined, an incoming request is sent simultaneously to all configured servers and the reply is forwarded to the DHCP client. Dell Networking OS uses standard DHCP ports, that is UDP ports 67 (server) and 68 (client) for DHCP relay services.
PAGE 750
with the same value for hops. However, the message is discarded if the hops field exceeds 16, to comply with the relay agent behavior specified in RFC 1542. Related Commands • ip helper-address — specify the destination broadcast or host address for DHCP server requests. • show running-config — display the current configuration and changes from the default values. ip host Assign a name and an IP address to the host-to-IP address mapping table.
PAGE 751
ip icmp source-interface Enable the ICMP error and unreachable messages to be sent with the source interface IP address, such as the loopback address, instead of the hops of the preceding devices along the network path to be used for easy debugging and diagnosis of network disconnections and reachability problems with IPv4 packets.
PAGE 752
purposes. In such cases, if the reply that is obtained from each hop on the network path contains the IP address of the adjacent, neighboring interface from which the packet is received, it is difficult to employ the ping and traceroute utilites.
PAGE 753
Usage Information Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. You can enable the mechanism to configure the source or the originating interface from which the packet (the device that generates the ICMP error messages) is received by the switch to send the loopback address instead of its source IP address to be used in the ICMP unreachable messages and in the traceroute command output. The loopback address must be unique in a particular domain.
PAGE 754
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. To avoid denial of service (DOS) attacks, keep the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly low.
PAGE 755
ip mtu Set the IP MTU (frame size) of the packet the RPM transmits for the line card interface. If the packet must be fragmented, Dell Networking OS sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command. Syntax ip mtu value To return to the default IP MTU value, use the no ip mtu command. Parameters value Enter the maximum MTU size if the IP packet is fragmented. The range is from 576 to 9234. The default is 1500 bytes.
PAGE 756
• The Port Channel link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members. For example, if the members have a link MTU of 2100 and an IP MTU 2000, the Port Channel’s MTU values cannot be higher than 2100 for link MTU or 2000 bytes for IP MTU. VLANs: • All members of a VLAN must have same IP MTU value. • Members can have different Link MTU values.
PAGE 757
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 758
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.
PAGE 759
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number.
PAGE 760
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for tunnel interface type. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 761
ip source-route Enable Dell Networking OS to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 762
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 763
mac {dest-mac | source-dest-mac | source-mac} tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute MAC traffic based on the following criteria: • dest-mac — Uses the destination MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. • source-dest-mac — Uses the destination and source MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash.
PAGE 764
• TCP/UDP destination port load-balance hg Choose the traffic flow parameters the hash calculation uses while distributing the traffic across internal higig links.
PAGE 765
• mac-in-mac — Use mac-in-mac field in hash calculation. Defaults IP selection 5-tuples (source-ip dest-ip vlan protocol L4-source-port L4-dest-port). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 766
vlan Enter the keyword vlan to specify a vlan interface. gigbitethernet Enter the keyword gigabitethernet to specify a one Gigabit Ethernet interface. tengigabitethernet Enter the keyword tengigabitethernet to specify a ten Gigabit Ethernete interface. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 767
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF. NOTE: Use this attribute to start a BGP instance for either a specific address family corresponding to the default VRF or an IPv4 address family corresponding to a non-default VRF. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 768
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display local ARP entries learned from private VLANs (PVLANs). 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 769
Internet Internet Example (Private VLAN) 192.2.1.246 1 192.2.1.245 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 2/13 Gi 2/13 - CP CP NOTE: In this example, Line 1 shows community VLAN 200 (in primary VLAN 10) in a PVLAN. Line 2 shows primary VLAN 10. Dell# show arp Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU --------------------------------------------------------------Internet 5.5.5.1 - 00:01:e8:43:96:5e Vl 10 pv 200 Internet 5.5.5.10 - 00:01:e8:44:99:55 Vl 10 Internet 10.1.2.
PAGE 770
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. • arp retries — set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request.
PAGE 771
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show hosts command in the following example. Field Description Default domain... Displays the domain name (if configured). Name/address lookup... States if DNS is enabled on the system. • If DNS is enabled, the Name/Address lookup is domain service.
PAGE 772
show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for a port-pipe of a stack-unit on a S-Series or Z-Series switch. Syntax show ip cam stack-unit {stack-unit-number} [port-set {pipe-number} | vrf vrfname {ip-address mask [longer-prefixes [ecmp-group detail]]}| ecmp-group {detail | member-info [detail [group-index index-number]]}| summary] Parameters stack-unit-number Enter the stack-unit ID. The unit ID range is from 1 to 6.
PAGE 773
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for up to seven stack members. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the following example. Field Description Destination Displays the destination route of the index. EC Displays 1 if the route is an ECMP route. Else, displays 0. C This is the CPU bit.
PAGE 774
show ip fib stack-unit View all Forwarding Information Base (FIB) entries of a specific stack-unit. Syntax show ip fib stack-unit stack-unit-number vrf vrf-name [ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | summary] Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information 774 IPv4 Routing stack-unit-number Enter the stack unit ID. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view FIB entries corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 775
Field Description Destination Lists the destination IP address. Gateway Displays either the word “direct” and an interface for a directly connected route or the remote IP address used to forward the traffic. First-Hop Displays the first hop IP address. Mac-Addr Displays the MAC address. Port Displays the egress-port information. VId Displays the VLAN ID. If no VLAN is assigned, zero (0) is listed. EC Displays the number of ECMP paths.
PAGE 776
• For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. source-ip address Enter the keywords source-ip then the IP source address in IP address format. destination-ip address Enter the keywords destination-ip then the IP destination address in IP address format.
PAGE 777
Example Dell# show ip flow interface Gi 2/42 20.1.1.1 100.1.1.2 protocol tcp Flow: 20.1.1.1 100.1.1.2 6 Ingress interface: Gi 2/42 Egress Interface: Gi 2/43 Dell# show ip interface View IP-related information on all interfaces.
PAGE 778
Usage Information Example 778 Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Supported on the E-Series E600i. 8.1.1.
PAGE 779
IP unicast RPF check is not supported Dell# Dell# show ip interface port-channel 128 Port-channel 128 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is 10.1.1.1/16 Broadcast address is 10.1.255.
PAGE 780
show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface. Syntax show ip management-route [all | connected | summary | static] Parameters Command Modes Command History Example all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
PAGE 781
172.16.1.0/24 Dell# 10.1.2.4 Active show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
PAGE 782
show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. Syntax show ip protocols Command Modes Command History Example 782 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 783
Weight : 0 Dell# show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch. Syntax Parameters show ip route [vrf vrf-name] hostname | ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | list prefix-list | protocol [process-id | routing-tag] | all | connected | static | summary] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the VRF name to list the routes in the route table of a specific VRF.
PAGE 784
Command History Usage Information 784 IPv4 Routing This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 785
Field Description • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes The weight for weighted ECMP route calculations is displayed for each path in the route in show ip route command. The ECMP weight is displayed only if weighted ECMP is enabled using the ip ecmp weighted command is enabled. If weighted ECMP is disabled, the show ip route command does not show the weighted ECMP route information.
PAGE 786
O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area, N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, > - non-active route, + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set C Example (With Weighted ECMP Enabled) Destination ----------13.0.0.0/24 Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change ----------------- ----------Direct, Gi 1/17 0/0 00:00:04 Dell(conf)# ip route 1.1.
PAGE 787
show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix list. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip route [vrf vrf-name] list prefix-list prefix-list Enter the name of a configured prefix list. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IP routes in an IP prefix list corresponding to that VRF. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 788
Gateway of last resort is not set R R R R C Related Commands Destination ----------2.1.0.0/24 2.1.1.0/24 2.1.2.0/24 2.1.3.0/24 2.1.4.0/24 Gateway ------via 2.1.4.1, Gi via 2.1.4.1, Gi via 2.1.4.1, Gi via 2.1.4.1, Gi Direct, Gi 4/43 4/43 4/43 4/43 4/43 Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ----------120/2 3d0h 120/2 3d1h 120/1 3d0h 120/1 3d1h 0/0 3d1h • ip prefix-list — enter CONFIGURATION-IP PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list.
PAGE 789
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example. Column Heading Description Example Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in Dell Networking OS. Active Routes Identifies the best route if a route is learned from two protocol sources. Non-active Routes Identifies the back-up routes when a route is learned by two different protocols.
PAGE 790
rp2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to view only the statistics from Route Processor 2. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information 790 IPv4 Routing Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 791
Keyword Definition ...encapsulation failed Counts packets which could not be forwarded due to ARP resolution failure. Dell Networking OS sends an arp request prior to forwarding an IP packet. If a reply is not received, Dell Networking OS repeats the request three times. These packets are counted in encapsulation failed. Rcvd: ...short packets The number of bytes in the packet are too small. ...bad length The length of the packet was not correct. ...
PAGE 792
show tcp statistics View information on TCP traffic through the switch. Syntax show tcp statistics {all | cp} Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP information. cp Enter the keyword cp to view only TCP information from the Control Processor. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 793
Example Field Description 0 partially... Displays the number of partially duplicated packets and bytes received. 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order. 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size. 0 packets after close Displays the number of packet received after the TCP connection was closed. 0 window probe packets...
PAGE 794
14 Connections closed (including 0 dropped, 0 embryonic dropped) 20 Total rxmt timeout, 0 connections dropped in rxmt timeout 0 Keepalive timeout, 0 keepalive probe, 0 Connections dropped in keepalive 794 IPv4 Routing
PAGE 795
24 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, see Access Control Lists (ACL). Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see cam-acl. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 796
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.4.2.
PAGE 797
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 798
Example (Manual Profiles) Dell# show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 3 -- Line card 4 -Current L2Acl : Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : Settings(in block sizes) 2 2 4 2 3 Dell# Related Commands • cam-acl — configure CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. permit icmp To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter.
PAGE 799
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Added the monitor option. permit To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP.
PAGE 800
ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic. Syntax ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 801
ospfv3 Specify that this ACL is for OSPFv3 control plane traffic Defaults All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 802
l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 803
cam-acl Allocate space for IPv6 ACLs. Syntax Parameters cam-acl {default | l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10} default l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 6 • L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 • L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 1 • L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range.
PAGE 804
The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks and these blocks cannot be reallocated. The ipv4acl profile range is from 1 to 4. When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10).
PAGE 805
25 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking OS version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, see the IPv6 Addressing section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 806
cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Enable LPM partitioning to support IPv6 /65 to /128 route prefixes to be stored in Partition 1. Syntax cam-ipv6 extended-prefix To remove LPM partitioning configuration, use no cam-ipv6 extended-prefix. Parameters Max-IPv6-Prefix Maximum number of IPv6 prefixes in the mask length of /65 to /128. The possible values are 1024, 2048, and 3072.
PAGE 807
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are cleared. slot Enter the slot number to clear the FIB. unit-number Enter the stack member number. The range is from 1to 6 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 808
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time.
PAGE 809
maximum dynamic-routes-ipv6 Specify the maximum number of dynamic (protocol) IPv6 routes a VRF can have. Syntax maximum dynamic-routes—ipv6 limit {warn-threshold threshold-value | warning-only} To remove the limit on the maximum number of IPv6 routes used, use the no maximum dynamic-routesipv6 command. Parameters limit Maximum number of IPv6 routes allowed in a VRF. Valid range is from 1 to 8000 (or maximum allowable for that platform if smaller value).
PAGE 810
ipv6 address autoconfig Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface. Syntax ipv6 address autoconfig To disable the address autoconfig operation on the management interface, use the no ipv6 address autoconfig command. Default Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE (management interface only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 811
Parameters ipv6-address prefixlength Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 812
interface GigabitEthernet 1/2 no ip address ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 /96 no shutdown ipv6 address eui64 Configure IPv6 EUI64 address configuration on the interface. Syntax ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} eui64 To disable IPv6 EUI64 address autoconfiguration, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefixlength} eui64 command. Parameters ipv6-address prefixlength Enter the IPv6 prefix in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128.
PAGE 813
ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of ICMP error packets per second that can be sent per second. Syntax ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit {1-200} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit command. Parameters pps Enter the maximum number of error packets generated per second. The range is from 1 to 200, where 0 disables the rate-limiting.
PAGE 814
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. If the flowlabel value is already set for BGP or SSH, the system defaults to the already configured value. All packets on the same connection are considered part of the same flow by the system. For new connections, set the new flowlabel to zero.
PAGE 815
ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. Syntax ipv6 name-server ipv6-address [ipv6-address2... ipv6-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ipv6 name—server ipv6–address command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the name server to be used. Note: The :: notation specifics successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. ipv6-address2...
PAGE 816
To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 nd dad attempts command. Parameters number of attempts Enter the number of attempts to be made to detect a duplicate address. The range is from 0 to 15. Setting the value to 0 disables DAD on the interface. Default 3 attempts Command Modes INTERFACE (management interface only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 817
Parameters ipv6-RDNSSaddress Enter the IPv6 Recursive DNS Server’s (RDNSS) address. You can specify up to 4 IPv6 RDNSS server addresses. lifetime Enter the lifetime in seconds. The amount of time the IPv6 host can use the IPv6 RDNSS address for name resolution. The range is 0 to 4294967295 seconds. When you specify the maximum lifetime value of 4294967295 or infinite, the lifetime does not expire. A value of 0 indicates to the host that the RDNSS address should not be used.
PAGE 818
no-rtr-address Enter the keyword no-rtr-address to exclude the full router address from router advertisements (the R bit is not set). off-link Enter the keywords off-link to advertise the prefix without stating to recipients that the prefix is either on-link or off-link. valid-lifetime | infinite Enter the amount of time that the prefix is advertised, or enter infinite for an unlimited amount of time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 2592000.
PAGE 819
ipv6-address prefixlength Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 820
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Also included the weight parameter to support weighted ECMP feature. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 821
To disable unicast routing, use the no ipv6 unicast-routing command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 822
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, IPv6 CAM entries corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. unit-number Enter the stack unit’s ID number. port-set Enter the keyword Port Set. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display a table listing network prefixes and the total number prefixes which can be entered into the IPv6 CAM. index (OPTIONAL) Enter the index in the IPv6 CAM.
PAGE 823
show ipv6 control-plane icmp Displays the status of the icmp control-plane setting for the error eate limit setting. Syntax show ipv6 control-plane icmp Default 100 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 824
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 825
show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show ipv6 interface interface {slot | slot/port} [brief] [configured] [stackunit id] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 826
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Added support for IPv6 recursive DNS addresses on the Z9500. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for tunnel interface. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 827
ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:aa11 ff02::1:ff8a:e846 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 27550 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 198 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 IPv6 unicast RPF check
PAGE 828
Example (Brief) Dell# show ipv6 interface brief GigabitEthernet 1/2 [administratively down/down] fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e 2002:1:2::3/96 GigabitEthernet 1/12 [up/up] fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e 100::2/64 ManagementEthernet 1/1 [up/up] fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e 300::1/64 Dell# Example (Tunnel) Dell# show ipv6 interface tunnel 1 Tunnel 1 is up, line protocol is up IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e Global Unicast address(es): 400::1, subnet is 400::/64 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: inf
PAGE 829
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show ipv6 mld-host command shown in the following example. Field Description Valid MLD Packets The total number of packets received and sent from the last time the elapsed time was cleared.
PAGE 830
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, routes corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. Defaults (OPTIONAL) View information for this IPv6 routes with Host Name. all (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 routes. bgp (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 BGP routes. connected (OPTIONAL) View only the directly connected IPv6 routes. isis (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 IS-IS routes. list (OPTIONAL) View the IPv6 prefix list.
PAGE 831
Field Example (S-Series) Description • R = RIP • B = BGP • IN = internal BGP • EX = external BGP • LO = Locally Originated • O = OSPF • IA = OSPF inter-area • N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 • N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 • E1 = OSPF external type 1 • E2 = OSPF external type 2 • i = IS-IS • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes Destination Identifies the route’s destination I
PAGE 832
Total 4 Total 4 active route(s) using 928 bytes Dell# 0 trust ipv6-diffserv Allows the dynamic classification of IPv6 DSCP. Syntax trust ipv6-diffserv To remove the definition, use the no trust ipv6-diffserv command. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION-POLICY-MAP-IN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.
PAGE 833
IPv6 Service Class Field Queue ID 001XXXXX 1 000XXXXX 0 IPv6 Basics 833
PAGE 834
26 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (ISIS) IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing through both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered as an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains called areas. Intermediate systems send, receive, and forward packets to other routers within their area (Level 1 and Level 1-2 devices).
PAGE 835
• hello padding • hostname dynamic • ignore-lsp-errors • ip router isis • ipv6 router isis • isis circuit-type • isis csnp-interval • isis hello-interval • isis hello-multiplier • isis hello padding • isis ipv6 metric • isis metric • isis network point-to-point • isis password • isis priority • is-type • log-adjacency-changes • lsp-gen-interval • lsp-mtu • lsp-refresh-interval • max-area-addresses • max-lsp-lifetime • maximum-paths • metric-style • multi-topo
PAGE 836
To disable adjacency check, use the no adjacency-check command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 837
Defaults level1-into-level2 (Level 1 to Level 2 leaking is enabled.) level2–into-level1 (Level 2 to Level 1) leaking is disabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 838
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 839
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information CAUTION: Use caution when you enter this command. Back up your configuration prior to using this command or your IS-IS configuration will be erased. clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared.
PAGE 840
clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. Syntax clns host name nsap Parameters name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping. nsap Enter a specific NSAP address that is associated with the name parameter. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 841
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Entering debug isis enables all debugging parameters. To display all debugging information in one output, use this command.
PAGE 842
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 843
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis snp-packets To debug IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) and partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information.
PAGE 844
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes. Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers command.
PAGE 845
debug isis update-packets Enable debugging on link state PDUs (LSPs) that a router detects. Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] update-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis update-packets [interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the debugging information on IS-IS. This information contains updates from neighbors tied to the VRF that you specify.
PAGE 846
default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information. Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [route-map map-name] To disable the generation of a default route into the specified IS-IS routing domain, use the no defaultinformation originate [always] [metric metric] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 847
is 63. If the metric-style command is set for Wide mode, the metric value in the default-information originate command is advertised. Related Commands • redistribute — redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. description Enter a description of the IS-IS routing protocol. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 848
Parameters Defaults weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability. Routes with smaller values are given preference.) The default is 115. ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the next-hop address in dotted decimal format and enter a mask in either dotted decimal or /prefix format. prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a prefix list name.
PAGE 849
interface Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type and the interface following: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 850
Defaults ospf process-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ospf then the OSPF process-ID number. The range is from 1 to 65535. bgp as number (OPTIONAL) Enter the BGP then the AS Number. The range is from 1 to 65535. rip (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rip for RIP routes. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static for user-configured routing process. Not configured.
PAGE 851
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
PAGE 852
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. The domain password is inserted in Level 2 link state PDUs (LSPs), complete sequence number PDUs (CSNPs), and partial sequence number PDUs (PSNPs).
PAGE 853
Usage Information Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV. This restart enables (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network. A flag in the Restart TLV contains restart request (RR), restart acknowledge (RA) and suppress adjacency advertisement (SA) bit flags. The ISIS graceful restart-enabled router can co-exist in mixed topologies where some routers are graceful restartenabled and others are not.
PAGE 854
To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. Parameters seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 855
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 856
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command.
PAGE 857
Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. The restarting router gets the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so only when you have configured gracefulrestart t3 adjacency. Related Commands • graceful-restart restart-wait — enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up.
PAGE 858
hostname dynamic Enables dynamic learning of hostnames from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the hostname in LSPs. Syntax hostname dynamic To disable this command, use the no hostname dynamic command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 859
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. IS-IS normally purges LSPs with an incorrect data link checksum causing the LSP source to regenerate the message.
PAGE 860
Usage Information To assign a network entity title to enable IS-IS, use the net command. This command accepts even if an IP address is not configured. This command is cached in the L3 Manager till the IP address is configured. When the IP address configuration reaches the L3Manager, the circuit add message is sent to IS-IS. NOTE: IP address is not mandatory for forming IS-IS adjacency. Related Commands • net — configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process.
PAGE 861
Related Commands • net — configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. • is-type — assign a type for a given area. isis circuit-type Configure the adjacency type on interfaces. Syntax isis circuit-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no isis circuit-type command. Parameters level-1 You can form a Level 1 adjacency if there is at least one common area address between this system and neighbors.
PAGE 862
isis csnp-interval Configure the IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) interval on an interface. Syntax isis csnp-interval seconds [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis csnp-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multi-access networks for the designated intermediate system. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 10.
PAGE 863
To return to the default values, use the no isis hello-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters seconds Allows you to set the length of time between hello packet transmissions. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 1. This value is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 2.
PAGE 864
level-1 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello multiplier independently for Level 1 adjacencies. This value is the default. level-2 (OPTONAL) Select this value to configure the hello multiplier independently for Level 2 adjacencies. Defaults multiplier = 3; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 865
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Hello PDUs are “padded” only when both the global and interface padding options are ON. Turning either one OFF disables padding for the corresponding interface.
PAGE 866
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis metric Assign a metric to an interface.
PAGE 867
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface.
PAGE 868
Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 1. The router acts as a station router for Level 1 routing. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 2.
PAGE 869
Parameters value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. The range is from 0 to 127. The default is 64. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 1. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 2. Defaults value = 64; level-1 (if not otherwise specified). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 870
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 871
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. This command allows you to monitor adjacency state changes, which are useful when you monitor large networks. Messages are logged in the system’s error message facility. lsp-gen-interval Set the minimum interval between successive generations of link-state packets (LSPs).
PAGE 872
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. LSP throttling slows down the frequency at which LSPs are generated during network instability. Even though throttling LSP generations slows down network convergence, no throttling can result in a network not functioning as expected. If network topology is unstable, throttling slows down the scheduling of LSP generations until the topology regains its stability.
PAGE 873
Usage Information The link MTU and the LSP MTU size must be the same. Because each device can generate a maximum of 255 LSPs, consider carefully whether you use the lsp-mtu command. lsp-refresh-interval Set the link state PDU (LSP) refresh interval. LSPs must be refreshed before they expire. When the LSPs are not refreshed after a refresh interval, they are kept in a database until their max-lsp-lifetime reaches zero and then LSPs is purged.
PAGE 874
max-area-addresses Configure manual area addresses. Syntax max-area-addresses number To return to the default values, use the no max-area-addresses command. Parameters number Set the maximum number of manual area addresses. The range is from 3 to 6. The default is 3. Defaults 3 addresses Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 875
Defaults 1200 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 876
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 877
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs. The router uses less memory and other resources rather than generating both old-style and new-style TLVs. The new-style TLVs have wider metric fields than old-style TLVs.
PAGE 878
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the ISIS process does not start. Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command. Parameters network-entity-title Specify the area address and system ID for an IS-IS routing process. The first 1 to 13 bytes identify the area address. The next 6 bytes identify the system ID.
PAGE 879
• For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 880
metric-type {external | internal} Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. Specify one of the following: • external • internal level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level-1-2 routes.
PAGE 881
How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow or Transition mode and the metric value in the redistribute command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for Wide mode, the metric value in the redistribute command is advertised.
PAGE 882
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps.
PAGE 883
• internal level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level-1-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 2 routes. This setting is the default. match {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The command used for OSPF to route and redistribute into other routing domains.
PAGE 884
router isis Allows you to enable the IS-IS routing protocol and to specify an IP IS-IS process. Syntax router isis [vrf vrf-name] [tag] To disable IS-IS routing, use the no router isis [tag] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the IS-IS routing protocol and to specify an IP IS-IS process on that VRF. tag (OPTIONAL) This is a unique name for a routing process. A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified.
PAGE 885
• is-type — assign a type for a given area. set-overload-bit To set the overload bit in zeroth fragment of non-pseudonode LSPs on the router, configure the router. This setting prevents other routers from using it as an intermediate hop in their shortest path first (SPF) calculations. Syntax set-overload-bit To return to the default values, use the no set-overload-bit command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Not set.
PAGE 886
• Command History Example (RouterIsis) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 887
show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database. Syntax Parameters show isis [vrf vrf-name] database [level-1 | level-2] [local] [detail | summary] [system-id] [lspid] vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS link state database corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the IS-IS link state database corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 888
Field Description IS-IS Level-1/ Level-2 Link State Database Displays the IS-IS link state database for Level 1 or Level 2. LSPID Displays the LSP identifier. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The next octet is the pseudonode ID. If this byte is not zero, the LSP describes system links. If this byte is zero (0), the LSP describes the state of the originating router.
PAGE 889
Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.1 IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 2511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Hostname: ISIS IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.
PAGE 890
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 891
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS host names corresponding to that VRF. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 892
• Command Modes Command History Example 892 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 893
show isis neighbors Display information about neighboring (adjacent) routers. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show isis [vrf vrf-name] neighbors [level-1 | level-2] [detail] [interface] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display adjacent router information corresponding to that VRF. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays information about Level 1 IS-IS neighbors.
PAGE 894
The following describes the show isis neighbors command shown in the following example. Example Field Description System Id The value that identifies a system in an area. Interface The interface, slot, and port in which the router was discovered. State The value providing status about the adjacency state. The range is Up and Init. Type This value displays the adjacency type (Layer 2, Layer 2 or both). Priority IS-IS priority the neighbor advertises.
PAGE 895
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled.
PAGE 896
Command Modes Command History Usage Information 896 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 897
Example Item Description LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received. LSP authentication failures Displays the number of LSP authentication failures.
PAGE 898
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 899
27 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This section contains commands for Dell Networks’ implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For static LAG commands based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.3 Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications, see Port Channel Commands .
PAGE 900
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show lacp — display the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on).
PAGE 901
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.
PAGE 902
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only. When applied on a static port-channel, this command has no effect. • show lacp — display the LACP configuration.
PAGE 903
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. Syntax Parameters lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768.
PAGE 904
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 905
Defaults Command Modes Command History Example (PortChannel-Number) sys-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords sys-id and the value that identifies a system. counters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 906
Dell# Example (Counter) Related Commands 906 Dell# show lacp 1 counters ---------------------------------------------------LACP PDU Marker PDU Unknown Illegal Port Xmit Recv Xmit Recv Pkts Rx Pkts Rx ----------------------------------------------------Gi 1/6 200 200 0 0 0 0 Dell# • clear lacp counters — clear the LACP counters. • show interfaces port-channel — display information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 907
28 Layer 2 This section describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically. Syntax Parameters clear mac-address-table {dynamic | sticky }{address mac-address | all | interface interface | vlan vlan-id} dynamic Enter the keyword dynamic to specify dynamically-learned MAC addresses.
PAGE 908
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac-address-table aging-time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to remove from the MAC address table.
PAGE 909
Related Commands Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • mac learning-limit — set the MAC address learning limits for a selected interface. • show mac-address-table aging-time — display the MAC aging time. mac-address-table disable-learning Disable MAC address learning from LACP or LLDP BPDUs. Syntax Parameters mac-address-table disable-learning [lacp | lldp] lacp Enter lacp to disable MAC address learning from LACP BPDUs.
PAGE 910
NOTE: Use this option if you want multicast functionality in an L2 VLAN without IGMP protocols. output interface output-range interface vlan vlan-id For a unicast MAC address, enter the keyword output then one of the following interfaces for which traffic is forwarded: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 911
Related Commands • show mac-address-table — display the MAC address table. mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change. Syntax mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp To disable the ARP refresh feature, use the no mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 912
mac learning-limit Limit the maximum number of MAC addresses (static + dynamic) learned on a selected interface. Syntax mac learning-limit address_limit [vlan vlan-id] [station-move-violation [dynamic]] [dynamic [no-station-move| station-move]] Parameters Defaults address_limit Enter the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the interface. The range is from 1 to 1000000. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 913
Usage Information Version Description 6.5.1.0 Added support for MAC Learning-Limit on the LAG. This command and its options are supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, LACP LAGs, and VLANs. If you do not specify the vlan option, the MAC address counters are not VLAN-based. That is, the sum of the addresses learned on all VLANs (not having any learning limit configuration) is counted against the MAC learning limit.
PAGE 914
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 915
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. If you configure mac-learn-limit and the sticky MAC feature is enabled, dynamically learned MAC addresses are converted to sticky for that port.
PAGE 916
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 917
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show cam mac linecard (count) Display the content addressable memory (CAM) size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs.
PAGE 918
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show cam mac linecard (dynamic or static) Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs.
PAGE 919
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 920
Command Modes Command History 920 Layer 2 static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to display only those MAC addresses specifically configured on the switch. Optionally, you can also add one of these combinations: address/mac-address, interface/interface, or vlan vlanid. aging-time Enter the keyword aging-time to display only aging-time information.
PAGE 921
Usage Information The following describes the show mac-address-table command shown in the following example. Column Heading Description VlanId Displays the VLAN ID number. Mac Address Displays the MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Type Lists whether the MAC address was manually configured (Static), learned dynamically (Dynamic), or associated with a specific port (Sticky). Interface Displays the interface type and slot/port information.
PAGE 922
show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch. Syntax show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] Parameters Command Modes Command History Example vlan vlan-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 923
show mac accounting destination Display destination counters for Layer 2 traffic (available on physical interfaces only). Syntax Parameters show mac accounting destination [mac-address vlan vlan-id] [interface interface [mac-address vlan vlan-id] [vlan vlan-id]] [vlan vlan-id] mac-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address.
PAGE 924
00:44:00:00:00:02 00:44:00:00:00:01 00:22:00:00:00:00 00:44:00:00:00:02 00:44:00:00:00:01 Gi Gi Gi Gi Gi 11/1 11/1 11/1 11/1 11/1 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 5120000 5120000 5120000 5120000 5120000 Dell-1# Related Commands • show mac accounting access-list — display the MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured). show mac learning-limit Display MAC address learning limits set for various interfaces.
PAGE 925
Example Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the violate-action and detail options. 6.5.1.0 Added support for Port Channel.
PAGE 926
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 927
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced The no default vlan disable command is not listed in the running-configuration, but when the default VLAN is disabled, default-vlan disable is listed in the running-configuration. name Assign a name to the VLAN.
PAGE 928
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To display information about a named VLAN, enter the show vlan command with the name parameter or the show interfaces description command. • interface vlan — configure a VLAN. • show vlan — display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. show config Display the current configuration of the selected VLAN.
PAGE 929
show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: • VLAN ID • VLAN name (left blank if none is configured) • Spanning Tree Group ID • MAC address aging time • IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id then a number from 1 to 4094. Only information on the VLAN specified is displayed.
PAGE 930
Usage Information Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show vlan command shown in the following example. Column Heading Description (Column 1 — no heading) asterisk symbol (*) = Default VLAN • G = GVRP VLAN • P = primary VLAN • C = community VLAN • I = isolated VLAN • O = OpenFlow NUM Displays existing VLAN IDs. Status Displays the word Inactive for inactive VLANs and the word Active for active VLANs.
PAGE 931
Example (VLAN ID) 4 Active U Po2(Gi 1/2) 5 Active T Po20(Gi 1/6) 6 Active U Po3(Gi 1/4) 7 Active T Po20(Gi 1/6) P 100 Active T Po1(Gi 1/1) C 101 I 102 Dell# Inactive T Gi 1/3 Inactive T Gi 1/4 T Gi 1/7 U Gi 1/1 T Po20(Gi 1/6) T Gi 1/7 T Gi 1/7 U Gi 1/3 T Po20(Gi 1/6) T Gi 1/7 T Gi 1/7 U Gi 1/5 T Gi 1/2 Dell# show vlan id 40 Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 40 Status Description Q Ports Ac
PAGE 932
NUM Status Description 222 Inactive Dell(conf-if-vl-222)# Example (OpenFlow instance) * O O O Related Commands NUM 1 3 6 8 12 Status Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Q Ports U Gi 1/22 Description Q Ports O Gi 1/10 • vlan-stack compatible — enable the Stackable VLAN feature on the selected VLAN. • interface vlan — configure a VLAN. tagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface.
PAGE 933
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the no tagged command, the interface is automatically placed in the Default VLAN as an untagged interface unless the interface is a member of another VLAN.
PAGE 934
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 935
Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 936
debug fefd Enable debugging of FEFD. Syntax debug fefd {events | packets} [interface] To disable debugging of FEFD, use the no debug fefd {events | packets} [interface] command. Parameters events Enter the keyword events to enable debugging of FEFD state changes. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received.
PAGE 937
fefd Enable Far-End Failure Detection on an interface, set the FEFD interval, or select the FEFD mode. Syntax Parameters fefd {disable|interval|mode {aggressive|normal} disable Enter the keyword disable to disable FEFD for the specified interface. interval Enter the keyword interval, followed by a value to specify the FEFD interval in seconds. Range is from 3 to 300. Default is 15. mode Enter the keyword mode followed by the mode type to specify the FEFD mode.
PAGE 938
fefd disable Disable FEFD on an interface only. This command overrides the fefd reset command for the interface. Syntax fefd disable To re-enable FEFD on an interface, use the no fefd disable command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 939
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 940
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode.
PAGE 941
Version Description Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enable far-end failure detection. fefd-global interval Configure an interval between FEFD control packets. Syntax fefd-global interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd-global interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 300 seconds. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 942
To disable FEFD globally, use the no fefd-global [mode {normal | aggressive}] command. Parameters interval seconds Enter the keyword interval followed by the number of seconds to wait between FEFD control packets. Range is from 3 to 300 seconds. Default is 15 seconds. normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords mode normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface.
PAGE 943
show fefd View FEFD status globally or on a specific interface. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show fefd [interface] interface • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 944
Field Example Description • err-disabled (only found when FEFD mode is aggressive and when the interface has not hearing its neighbor’s echoes for three times the message interval. To reset an interface in this state, use the fefd reset command.) • unknown (only found when FEFD mode is normal. • locally disabled (interface contains the fefd reset command in its configuration). • Admin Shutdown (interface is disabled with the shutdown command).
PAGE 945
29 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) The link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management. The Dell Networking operating software implementation of LLDP is based on IEEE standard 801.1ab.
PAGE 946
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 947
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. advertise interface-port-desc Advertise port descriptor.
PAGE 948
advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | systemdescription | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {managementaddress | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command. Parameters managementaddress Enter the keyword management-address to advertise the management IP address TLVs to the LLDP peer.
PAGE 949
advertise management-tlv (Interface) Advertise management type, length, values (TLVs) to the specified interface. Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | systemdescription | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {managementaddress | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command.
PAGE 950
Parameters interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 951
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 952
brief Enter the keyword brief to display brief packet information. detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed packet information. tx Enter the keyword tx to display transmit-only packet information. rx Enter the keyword rx to display receive-only packet information. both Enter the keyword both to display both receive and transmit packet information. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 953
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 954
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 955
mode To receive or transmit, set LLDP. Syntax mode {tx | rx} To return to the default, use the no mode command. Parameters tx Enter the keyword tx to set the mode to transmit. rx Enter the keyword rx to set the mode to receive. Defaults Both transmit and receive. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 956
multiplier Set the multiple of the hello timer before LLDP declares the interface dead. Syntax multiplier number To return to the default, use the no multiplier command. Parameters integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead. The range is from 2 to 10. Defaults 4 Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 957
To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 958
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Before LLDP can be configured on an interface, it must be enabled globally from CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 959
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1.(0.0) Modified output of detail parameter to display remote management IP addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
PAGE 960
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 961
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 962
advertise med guest-voice To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user with their own IP telephony handset or other appliances that support interactive voice services, configure the system. Syntax advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 963
advertise med guest-voice-signaling To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user when the guest voice control packets use a separate network policy than the voice data, configure the system. Syntax advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 964
advertise med location-identification To advertise a location identifier, configure the system. Syntax advertise med location-identification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} To return to the default, use the no advertise med location-identification {coordinatebased value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} command. Parameters coordinate-based value Enter the keywords coordinate-based then the coordinated based location in hexadecimal value of 16 bytes.
PAGE 965
Related Commands • ELIN — Emergency location identification number, a valid North America Numbering Plan format telephone number supplied for ECS purposes. • debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. • show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. advertise med power-via-mdi To advertise the Extended Power via MDI TLV, configure the system. Syntax advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Defaults unconfigured.
PAGE 966
advertise med softphone-voice To advertise softphone to enable IP telephony on a computer so that the computer can be used as a phone, configure the system. Syntax advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 967
advertise med streaming-video To advertise streaming video services for broadcast or multicast-based video, configure the system. This command does not include video applications that rely on TCP buffering. Syntax advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 968
advertise med video-conferencing To advertise dedicated video conferencing and other similar appliances that support real-time interactive video, configure the system. Syntax advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 969
advertise med video-signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data, configure the system. Syntax advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority.
PAGE 970
advertise med voice To advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services, configure the system. Syntax advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 971
advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system. Syntax advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority.
PAGE 972
30 Microsoft Network Load Balancing Network load balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. Microsoft NLB clustering allows multiple servers running Microsoft Windows to be represented by one MAC and one IP address to provide transparent failover and load-balancing.
PAGE 973
vlan vlan-id • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Management interface, enter the keyword managementethernet followed by slot/port numbers. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel followed by a number. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 974
Usage Information 974 By default this command is disabled. There might be some ARP table entries which are resolved through ARP packets which had Ethernet MAC SA different from MAC information inside the ARP packet. This unicast data traffic flooding occurs only for those packets which use these ARP entries.
PAGE 975
31 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM sparse-mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell Networking OS supports MSDP commands on the S3048–ON platform.
PAGE 976
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 977
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added the local option. 7.7.1.0 Added the rejected-sa option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries.
PAGE 978
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced debug ip msdp Turn on MSDP debugging. Syntax debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} To turn debugging off, use the no debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} command. Parameters event peer address Enter the keyword event then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). packet peer address Enter the keyword packet then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 979
ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries. Syntax ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} To clear the MSDP rejected source-active entries, use the no ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command then the ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command. Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 980
To remove the default peer, use the no ip msdp default-peer {peer address} list name command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) list name Enter the keywords list name and specify a standard access list that contains the RP address that should be treated as the default peer. If no access list is specified, then all SAs from the peer are accepted. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 981
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 982
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced An MSDP mesh group is a mechanism for reducing SA flooding, typically in an intra-domain setting. When some subset of a domain’s MSDP speakers are fully meshed, they can be configured into a mesh-group.
PAGE 983
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer.
PAGE 984
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 985
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced Modifications to the ACL do not have an immediate effect on the sa-cache.
PAGE 986
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache.
PAGE 987
Usage Information Dell Networking OS counts the SA messages originated by itself and those messages received from the MSDP peers. When the total SA messages reach this limit, the subsequent SA messages are dropped (even if they pass RPF checking and policy checking). If the total number of SA messages is already larger than the limit when this command is applied, those SA messages that are already in Dell Networking OS continue to be accepted.
PAGE 988
ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 989
Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 990
show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Display the rejected SAs in the SA cache. Syntax show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Defaults None Command Modes Command History Example 990 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 991
00:00:13 225.1.2.18 10.1.1.4 00:00:13 225.1.2.19 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 13.1.1.2 Rpf-Fail 110.1.1.1 13.1.1.
PAGE 992
32 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking OS, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Networking S3048–ON platform.
PAGE 993
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. Optionally, enter an in or out parameter with the optional interface: events • For Receive, enter the keyword in. • For Transmit, enter the keyword out. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug MSTP events. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 994
Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 995
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 996
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. • forward-delay — amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
PAGE 997
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. • forward-delay — amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. • hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance, bridge priority, and one or multiple VLANs mapped to the MST instance.
PAGE 998
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. By default, all VLANs are mapped to MST instance zero (0) unless you use the vlan range command to map it to a non-zero instance. name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region.
PAGE 999
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 6.5.1.0 Introduced. For two MSTP switches to be within the same MSTP region, the switches must share the same region name (including matching case). • msti — map the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. • revision — assign the revision number to the MST configuration. protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 1000
For more information about the multiple spanning tree protocol, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Example Dell(conf)# protocol spanning-tree mstp Dell(config-mstp)#no disable Related Commands • disable — disable multiple spanning tree. revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration.
PAGE 1001
Related Commands • msti — map the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. • name — assign the region name to the MST region. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1002
show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. Syntax show spanning-tree mst configuration Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1003
show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state.
PAGE 1004
Port 82 (GigabitEthernet 2/1) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.82 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e802.35:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1005
Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated port id is 128.257, designated path cost 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU (MRecords): sent 21, received 9 The port is not in the Edge port mode Usage Information Example (Guard) The following describes the show spanning-tree msti 5 guard command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Name MSTP interface. Instance MSTP instance.
PAGE 1006
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface.
PAGE 1007
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1008
Usage Information 1008 Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced By default, Dell Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP. This mechanism helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes. However, if a standards-based flush mechanism is needed, this knob command can be turned on to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1009
33 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on all S3048–ON platform. IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 1010
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • show ip pim tib — show the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
PAGE 1011
distance (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the distance metric assigned to the mroute. The range is from 0 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1012
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1013
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1014
7.4.1.0 Usage Information Expanded to support the intermediate (transit) router. Mtrace is an IGMP based protocol that provides a multicast trace route facility and is implemented according to the IETF draft “A trace route facility for IP Multicast” (draft-fenner-traceroute-ipm-01.txt). Dell Networking OS supports the Mtrace client and transit functionality. As an Mtrace client, Dell Networking OS transmits Mtrace queries, receives, parses, and prints out the details in the response packet received.
PAGE 1015
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view static multicast routes. group-address [source-address] (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group-address to view only routes associated with that group. Enter the source-address to view routes with that group-address and sourceaddress. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to view the number of multicast routes and packets.
PAGE 1016
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Example (Static) Dell# show ip mroute static Mroute: 23.23.23.0/24, interface: Lo 2 Protocol: static, distance: 0, route-map: none, last change: 00:00:23 Example (Snooping) Dell# show ip mroute snooping IPv4 Multicast Snooping Table (*, 224.0.0.0), uptime 17:46:23 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/13 (*, 225.1.2.
PAGE 1017
Field Description • Example received a (*,G) or (S,G) Join message Dell# show ip mroute IP Multicast Routing Table (*, 224.10.10.1), uptime 00:05:12 Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 3/12 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 3/13 (1.13.1.100, 224.10.10.1), uptime 00:04:03 Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 3/4 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 3/12 GigabitEthernet 3/13 (*, 224.20.20.
PAGE 1018
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information Network administrators use static mroutes to control the reach-ability of the multicast sources. If a PIM-registered multicast source is reachable using static mroute as well as unicast route, the distance of each route is examined and the route with shorter distance is the one the PIM selects for reach-ability. NOTE: The default distance of mroutes is zero (0) and is CLI configurable on a per route basis.
PAGE 1019
34 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1020
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the neighbors in the default VRF are cleared. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format to remove a specific IPv6 neighbor. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1021
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install IPv6 routes in that VRF. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. interface interface hardware_address Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1022
• Neighbor Unreachability Detection (NUD): Determine that a neighbor is no longer reachable on the link. • Duplicate Address Detection (DAD): Allow a node to check whether a proposed address is already in use. • Redirect: The router can inform a node about a better first-hop. Use the ipv6 neighbor command to manually configure the IPv6 address of a neighbor to be discovered by the switch. show ipv6 neighbors Display IPv6 discovery information.
PAGE 1023
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show ipv6 neighbors IPv6 Address Expires(min) Hardware Address State Interface VLAN CPU --------------------------------------------------------------------100::1 0.
PAGE 1024
count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is infinity. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
PAGE 1025
hop–limit Enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} To reset the hop count limit, use the no hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} command. Parameters maximum limit Enter the keyword maximum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254. minimum limit Enter the keyword minimum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254.
PAGE 1026
Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. • show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — display the configuration applied on all the RA guard policies or a specific RA guard policy.
PAGE 1027
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1028
match ra Enable verifying either of the configured source IPv6 address or prefix address or the source MAC address in the inspected messages. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax match ra {ipv6-access-list name | ipv6-prefix-list name | mac-access-list name} To reset the access list, use the no match ra{ipv6-access-list | ipv6-prefix-list | macaccess-list}command. Parameters ipv6–access-list name Enter the keywords ipv6–access-list then the access-list name.
PAGE 1029
Parameters value Enter the maximum transmission unit value in bytes. The range is from 1,280 to 11,982 bytes. Defaults 0 Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1030
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the router advertisement (RA) guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode.
PAGE 1031
To reset the advertised retransmission interval, use the no retrans-timervalue command. Parameters value Enter the advertised retransmission time interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 4,294,967,295 milliseconds. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1032
Related Commands • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the router advertisement (RA) guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. router–preference maximum Enable the verification of the advertised default router preference (DRP) value. The preference value is lower than or equal to the specified limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed.
PAGE 1033
Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches.
PAGE 1034
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Introduced on the S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches.
PAGE 1035
Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1036
35 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6, and is available on the Dell Networking platforms. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
PAGE 1037
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1038
If the state of an object changes back to its former UP/DOWN state before the timer expires, the timer is cancelled and the client is not notified. For example, if the DOWN timer is running when an interface goes down and comes back up, the DOWN timer is cancelled and the client is not notified of the event. If the timer expires and an object’s state has changed, a notification is sent to the client.
PAGE 1039
show running-config track Display the current configuration of tracked objects. Syntax Parameters show running-config track [object-id] object-id (OPTIONAL) Display information on the specified tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1040
• track ip route reachability – configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route. show track Display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current tracked state (UP or DOWN), and the clients which are tracking an object. Syntax show track [object-id [brief] | interface [brief] [vrf vrf-name] | ip route [brief] [vrf vrf-name] | resolution | vrf vrf-name [brief] | brief] Parameters object-id (OPTIONAL) Display information on the specified tracked object.
PAGE 1041
Example Output Description number changes, last change time Number of times that the state of the tracked object has changed and the time since the last change in hours:minutes:seconds. First hop interface Displays the type and slot/port number of the first-hop interface of the tracked route. Tracked by Client that is tracking an object’s state; for example, VRRP. Dell# show track Track 1 IP route 23.0.0.
PAGE 1042
threshold metric Configure the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked IPv4 or IPv6 route. Syntax threshold metric {up number | down number} To return to the default setting, use the no threshold metric {up number | down number} command. Parameters up number Enter a number for the UP threshold to be applied to the scaled metric of an IPv4 or IPv6 route. The default UP threshold is 254.
PAGE 1043
The tracking process uses a protocol-specific resolution value to convert the actual metric in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range 0 to 255. You can configure the resolution value used to scale route metrics for supported protocols with the track resolution ip route and track resolution ipv6 route commands. Related Commands • track ip route metric threshold – configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric.
PAGE 1044
Related Commands • The Layer 3 status of an IPv4 interface goes DOWN when its Layer 2 status goes down (for a Layer 3 VLAN, all VLAN ports must be down) or the IP address is removed from the routing table. • show track – display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object. • track interface line-protocol – configure object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface.
PAGE 1045
When the link-level status goes down, the tracked object status is considered to be DOWN; if the link-level status is up, the tracked object status is considered to be UP. Related Commands • show track – display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object. • track interface ip routing – configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface.
PAGE 1046
vrf vrf-name (Optional) E-Series only: You can configure a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance to specify the virtual routing table to which the tracked route belongs. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1047
track ip route reachability Configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route. Syntax track object-id ip route ip-address/prefix-len reachability [vrf vrf-name] To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. ip-address/ prefixlen Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32.
PAGE 1048
track resolution ip route Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv4 route metric. Syntax track resolution ip route {isis resolution-value | ospf resolution-value} To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. isis resolution-value Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for ISIS routes to a scaled metric.
PAGE 1049
Related Commands • threshold metric – configure the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked route. • track ip route metric threshold – configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric. IPv6 Object Tracking Commands The following section describes the IPv6 object tracking commands.
PAGE 1050
Output Description address, IPv6 route ipv6-address Example object is Up/Down Up/Down state of tracked object; for example, IPv4 interface, reachability or metric threshold of an IP route. number changes, last change time Number of times that the state of the tracked object has changed and the time since the last change in hours:minutes:seconds. First hop interface Displays the type and slot/port number of the first-hop interface of the tracked route.
PAGE 1051
track interface ipv6 routing Configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface. Syntax track object-id interface interface ipv6 routing To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. interface Enter one of the following values: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1052
track ipv6 route metric threshold Configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric. Syntax track object-id ipv6 route ipv6-address/prefix-len metric threshold To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. ipv6-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. The valid IPv6 prefix lengths are from /0 to / 128.
PAGE 1053
You configure the UP and DOWN thresholds for each tracked IPv6 route by using the threshold metric command. The default UP threshold is 254; the default DOWN threshold is 255. The notification of a change in the state of a tracked object is sent when a metric value crosses a configured threshold. Related Commands • show track ipv6 route – display information about tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the route.
PAGE 1054
If the next-hop address in the ARP cache ages out for a route tracked for its reachability, an attempt is made to regenerate the ARP cache entry to if the next-hop address appears before considering the route DOWN. Related Commands • show track ipv6 route – display information about tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the route. • track ipv6 route reachability – configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route.
PAGE 1055
Related Commands • The resolution value used to map static routes is not configurable. By default, Dell Networking OS assigns a metric of 0 to static routes. • The resolution value used to map RIP routes is not configurable. The RIP hop-count is automatically multiplied by 16 to scale it. For example, a RIP metric of 16 (unreachable) scales to 256, which considers the route to be DOWN. • threshold metric – configure the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked route.
PAGE 1056
36 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on platform. OSPF is an interior gateway protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single autonomous system (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors.
PAGE 1057
Defaults cost = 1; no areas are configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1058
no-summary (OPTIONAL) Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1059
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 1060
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1061
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
PAGE 1062
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors.
PAGE 1063
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1064
Command History Usage Information 1064 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
PAGE 1065
Example Field Description auk: If the ip ospf authentication-key command is configured, this field displays the key used. keyid: If the ip ospf message-digest-key command is configured, this field displays the MD5 key to: Displays the interface to which the packet is intended. dst: Displays the destination IP address. netmask: Displays the destination IP address mask.
PAGE 1066
metric metric-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: route-map mapname • 1 = Type 1 external route • 2 = Type 2 external route (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1067
To return to the default values, use the no default-metric [number] command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric. The range is from 1 to 16777214. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1068
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1069
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1070
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1071
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1072
NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the C-Series. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to specify that only manually configured routes are distributed. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1073
Defaults None. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1074
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1075
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Restart role enabled on the S-Series (Both Helper and Restart roles now supported on S-Series). Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1076
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart.
PAGE 1077
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme until the grace period expires.
PAGE 1078
ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface. S3048–ON Syntax ip ospf authentication-key [encryption-type] key To delete an authentication key, use the no ip ospf authentication-key command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key. key Enter an eight-character string. Strings longer than eight characters are truncated. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1079
ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface. S3048–ON Syntax ip ospf cost cost To return to default value, use the no ip ospf cost command. Parameters cost Enter a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1080
ip ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router dead. S3048–ON Syntax ip ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf dead-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 40 seconds.
PAGE 1081
ip ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface. S3048–ON Syntax ip ospf hello-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip ospf hello-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 10 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1082
ip ospf message-digest-key Enable OSPF MD5 authentication and send an OSPF message digest key on the interface. S3048–ON Syntax ip ospf message-digest-key keyid md5 key To delete a key, use the no ip ospf message-digest-key keyid command. Parameters keyid Enter a number as the key ID. The range is from 1 to 255. key Enter a continuous character string as the password. Defaults No MD5 authentication is configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1083
After the reply is received and the new key is authenticated, delete the old key. Dell recommends keeping only one key per interface. NOTE: The MD5 secret is stored as plain text in the configuration file with service password encryption. Write down or otherwise record the key. You cannot learn the key once it is configured. Use caution when changing the key. ip ospf mtu-ignore Disable OSPF MTU mismatch detection upon receipt of database description (DBD) packets.
PAGE 1084
ip ospf network Set the network type for the interface. S3048–ON Syntax ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} To return to the default, use the no ip ospf network command. Parameters broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to designate the interface as part of a broadcast network. point-to-point Enter the keywords point-to-point to designate the interface as part of a point-topoint network. Defaults Broadcast. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1085
ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface. S3048–ON Syntax ip ospf priority number To return to the default setting, use the no ip ospf priority command. Parameters number Enter a number as the priority. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1086
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. S3048–ON Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1087
ip ospf transmit-delay To send a link state update packet on the interface, set the estimated time elapsed. S3048–ON Syntax ip ospf transmit-delay seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip ospf transmit-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 1 second. This value must be greater than the transmission and propagation delays for the interface.
PAGE 1088
log-adjacency-changes To send a Syslog message about changes in the OSPF adjacency state, set Dell Networking OS. S3048–ON Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable the Syslog messages, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1089
Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv2 is 4 paths. The range for OSPFv3 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv3 is 8 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1090
area-id Enter the OSPF area ID as either a decimal value or in a valid IP address. Decimal value range is from 0 to 65535. IP address format is dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. NOTE: If the area ID is smaller than 65535, it is converted to a decimal value. For example, if you use an area ID of 0.0.0.1, it is converted to 1. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1091
To return all OSPF interfaces (current and future) to active, use the no passive-interface default command. Parameters default Enter the keyword default to make all OSPF interfaces (current and future) passive. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1092
• The ABR status for the router is updated. • Save passive-interface interface into the running configuration. passive-interface default • All present and future OSPF interfaces are marked as passive. • Any adjacency is explicitly terminated from all OSPF interfaces. • All previous passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration. • All previous no passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration.
PAGE 1093
metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then one of the following: • 1 = OSPF External type 1 • 2 = OSPF External type 2 route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1094
redistribute bgp Redistribute BGP routing information throughout the OSPF instance. S3048–ON Syntax redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] | [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters as number Enter the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1095
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the keyword default. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance.
PAGE 1096
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command.
PAGE 1097
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address format for each router. However, each router ID must be unique.
PAGE 1098
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1099
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show config ! router ospf 3 passive-interface 0 GigabitEthernet 1/1 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show ip ospf Display information on the OSPF process configured on the switch.
PAGE 1100
Usage Information Version Description 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0. The following describes the show ip ospf command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1101
show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF. S3048–ON Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] asbr process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1102
Example Dell# show ip ospf 1asbr RouterID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 Dell# Flags -/-/-/ E/-/-/ Cost Nexthop 2 10.0.0.2 0 0.0.0.0 Interface Area Gi 1/1 1 0 show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. S3048–ON Syntax show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary] Parameters Command Modes Command History 1102 process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1103
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database command shown in the following example. Field Description Link ID Identifies the router ID. ADV Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Age Displays the link state age. Seq# Identifies the link state sequence number. This number allows you to identify old or duplicate link state advertisements. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents.
PAGE 1104
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1105
Field Description • Example E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options.
PAGE 1106
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on AS external LSAs corresponding to the OSPF processes that are tied to a specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1107
Field Example Description • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router.
PAGE 1108
Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 Dell# Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. Syntax show ip ospf [process-id] database network [link-state-id] [adv-router ipaddress] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1109
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1110
LS Seq Number: 0x80000007 Checksum: 0x4309 Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 192.10.10.2 Attached Router: 20.20.20.1 Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 Dell# Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information.
PAGE 1111
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information.
PAGE 1112
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1113
Advertising Router: 10.16.1.160 LS Seq Number: 0x80000416 Checksum: 0x376 Length: 28 Opaque Type: 1 Opaque ID: 1 Unable to display opaque data LS age: 833 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.2 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.160 LS Seq Number: 0x80000002 Checksum: 0x19c2 --More-Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-as Display the opaque-as (type 11) LSA information.
PAGE 1114
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-link Display the opaque-link (type 9) LSA information.
PAGE 1115
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1116
Command History Usage Information 1116 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.20 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1117
Example Item Description (Link Data) Identifies the router interface address. Number of TOS Metric Lists the number of TOS metrics. TOS 0 Metric Lists the number of TOS 0 metrics. Dell# show ip ospf 100 database router OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.1.1.10 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1118
show ip ospf database summary Display the network summary (type 3) LSA routing information. Syntax show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name ] database summary [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1119
Usage Information Example Version Description pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database summary command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
PAGE 1120
TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x1241 Length: 28 Network Mask: /26 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 Dell# Related Commands • show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf interface Display the OSPF interfaces configured. If OSPF is not enabled on the switch, no output is generated.
PAGE 1121
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1122
Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.253.1 (Backup Designated Router) GigabitEthernet 1/8 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.0.1/24, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DROTHER, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.5, Interface address 192.168.0.4 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.3, Interface address 192.168.0.
PAGE 1123
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id neighbor command shown in the following example. Item Description Neighbor ID Displays the neighbor router ID. Pri Displays the priority assigned neighbor. State Displays the OSPF state of the neighbor.
PAGE 1124
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1125
show ip ospf statistics Display OSPF statistics. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] statistics global | [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display statistics corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1126
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1127
Example Error Type Description MD5-Error MD5 error Cksum-Err Checksum Error Version Version mismatch AreaMismatch Area mismatch Conf-Issue The received hello packet has a different hello or dead interval than the configuration. No-Buffer Buffer allocation failure. Seq-no A sequence no errors occurred during the database exchange process. Socket Socket Read/Write operation error. Q-overflow Packets dropped due to queue overflow. Unknown-Pkt Received packet is not an OSPF packet.
PAGE 1128
Intf-Down 0 Non-Dr 0 Self-Org 0 Wrong-Len 0 Invld-Nbr 0 Nbr-State 0 Auth-Error 0 MD5-Error 0 Cksum-Err 0 Version 0 AreaMisMatch 0 Conf-Issue 0 SeqNo-Err 0 Unknown-Pkt 0 Bad-LsReq 0 RtidZero 0 Neighbor ID 4.4.4.
PAGE 1129
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 Dell# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas.
PAGE 1130
Usage Information To isolate problems with inter-area and external routes, use this command. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router. If an inter-area or external route is not of correct cost, the display can determine if the path to the originating router is correct or not. Example Dell# show ip ospf 1 topology Router ID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 Dell# Flags Cost E/B/-/ 1 E/-/-/ 1 Nexthop 20.0.0.3 10.0.0.
PAGE 1131
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The area range command summarizes routes for the different areas. With the not-advertise parameter configured, you can use this command to filter out some external routes. For example, if you want to redistribute static routes to OSPF, but you don't want OSPF to advertise routes with prefix 1.1.0.0, you can configure the summary-address 1.1.0.0 255.
PAGE 1132
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1133
Defaults • start-interval: 0 msec • hold-interval: 5000 msec • max-interval: 5000 msec Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1134
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. OSPFv3 Commands Open shortest path first version 3 (OSPFv3) for IPv6 is supported on the S3048–ON platform.
PAGE 1135
key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1136
area encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OSPFv3 area. Syntax area area-id encryption ipsec spi number esp encryption-algorithm [keyencryption-type] key authentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key Parameters area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be encrypted. For area-id, enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy.
PAGE 1137
For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1138
auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. S3048–ON Syntax auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] command. Parameters ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967. The default is 100 megabits per second. Defaults 100 megabits per second.
PAGE 1139
Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1140
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. The following section describes the command fields. Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1141
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1142
Lines Beginning With or Including Description • 5 - link state acknowledgement • 7 - external LSA • 8 - link-state advertisement (OSPFv3) • 9 - link local LSA (OSPFv2), Intra-Area-Prefix LSA (OSPFv3) • 11 - grace LSA (OSPFv3) Length: Displays the packet length. Router ID: Displays the OSPF3 router ID. Area ID: Displays the Area ID. Chksum: Displays the OSPF3 checksum. debug ipv6 ospf spf Display debug information for SPF timers on OSPF IPv6 packets.
PAGE 1143
Example Dell(conf-if-gi-1/2)# do debug ipv6 ospf bfd gi 1/2 OSPFv3 bfd related debugging is on for GigabitEthernet 1/2 00:59:26 : OSPFv3INFO: Received Interface mode bfd config command on interface Gi 1/2 Enable 1, interval 0, min_rx 0, Multiplier 0, role 0, Disable 0 00:59:26 : OSPFv3INFO: Enabling BFD on interface Gi 1/2 Cmd Add Session 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Completed Enabling BFD on interface Gi 1/2 00:59:27 : OSPFv3I
PAGE 1144
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1145
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA. To enable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter the ipv6 router ospf command to enter OSPFv3 configuration mode and then configure a grace period using the graceful-restart grace-period command.
PAGE 1146
Usage Information OSPFv3 graceful restart supports planned-only and/or unplanned-only restarts. The default is support for both planned and unplanned restarts. • A planned restart occurs when you enter the redundancy force-failover rpm command to force the primary RPM to switch to the backup RPM. During a planned restart, OSPF sends out a Type-11 Grace LSA before the system switches over to the backup RPM.
PAGE 1147
ipv6 ospf authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf authentication {null | ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [key-encryptiontype] key}} null Causes an authentication policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1148
Usage Information Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. Configure the same authentication policy (same SPI and key) on each OSPFv3 interface in a link.
PAGE 1149
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S4820T, and S4810. This command provides the flexibility to fine-tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when you configure ipv6 ospf BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. Any timer values specified with this command overrides timers set using the bfd all-neighbors command.
PAGE 1150
10^8 / bandwidth Using this formula, the default path cost is calculated as: • GigabitEthernet — Default cost is 1 • TenGigabitEthernet — Default cost is 1 • Ethernet — Default cost is 10 ipv6 ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the time interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router down. Syntax ipv6 ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf dead-interval command.
PAGE 1151
ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf encryption {null | ipsec spi number esp encryption-algorithm [keyencryption-type] key athentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1152
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1153
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Introduced on E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA.
PAGE 1154
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. The time interval between hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. • ipv6 ospf dead-interval – specify the time interval between hello packets was received from a router. ipv6 ospf priority To determine the Designated Router for the OSPFv3 network, set the priority of the interface.
PAGE 1155
ipv6 router ospf Enable OSPF for IPv6 router configuration. Syntax ipv6 router ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] To exit OSPF for IPv6, use the no ipv6 router ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the process identification number. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install IPv6 routes in that VRF. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1156
Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 8 paths. Defaults 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1157
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.
PAGE 1158
static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. metric metric-value Enter the keyword metric then the metric value. The range is from 0 to 16777214. The default is 20. metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • 1 for a type 1 external route • 2 for a type 2 external route The default is 2.
PAGE 1159
Related Commands • default-information originate – configure default external route into OSPFv3. router-id Designate a fixed router ID. Syntax router-id ip-address To return to the previous router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the router ID in the dotted decimal format. Defaults The router ID is selected automatically from the set of IPv4 addresses configured on a router.
PAGE 1160
show crypto ipsec policy Display the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies. Syntax show crypto ipsec policy [name name] Parameters name name (OPTIONAL) Displays configuration details about a specified policy. Defaults No default behavior or values. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1161
Outbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Transform set : esp-3des esp-md5-hmac Crypto IPSec client security policy data Policy name : OSPFv3-0-501 Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Outbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Inbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Outbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Inbound ESP Cipher Key : bbdd96e6eb4828
PAGE 1162
Parameters interface interface (OPTIONAL) Displays information about the SAs used on a specified OSPFv3 interface, where interface is one of the following values: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1163
in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE inbound esp sas outbound esp sas Interface: GigabitEthernet 1/2 Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe40:4d11 IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-600 inbound ah sas outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detectio
PAGE 1164
show ipv6 ospf database Display information in the OSPFv3 database, including link-state advertisements (LSAs). Syntax show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary | grace-lsa] Parameters process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1165
Related Commands show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies. Example (grace-lsa) Dell# show ipv6 ospf 3 database grace-lsa ! Type-11 Grace LSA (Area 0) LS Age : 10 Link State ID : 6.16.192.66 Advertising Router : 100.1.1.
PAGE 1166
Interface 63.114.8.36 1 FULL/DR 00:00:37 4 Gi 1/4 show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information. Syntax show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] [interface] Parameters process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1167
Usage Information If you enable BFD at the global level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning. If you enable BFD at the interface level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD interval timers. Example Dell# show ipv6 ospf 3 interface gigabitethernet 1/2 GigabitEthernet 1/2 is up, line protocol is up Link Local Address fe80::201:e8ff:fe17:5bbd, Interface ID 67420217 Area 0, Process ID 1, Instance ID 0, Router ID 11.1.1.
PAGE 1168
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show ipv6 ospf 3 neighbor gi 1/2 Neighbor ID 63.114.8.
PAGE 1169
Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced the keyword msec. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON, S6000, S4820T, S4810, S5000. Usage Information Setting the delay and holdtime parameters to a low number enables the switch to an alternate path quickly but requires more CPU usage.
PAGE 1170
37 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1171
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip redirect-list – enable an IP Redirect List.
PAGE 1172
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can apply any number of redirect-groups to an interface. A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules. These rules includes the next-hop IP address where the incoming traffic is to be redirected. If the next hop address is reachable, traffic is forwarded to the specified next hop. Otherwise, the normal routing table is used to forward traffic.
PAGE 1173
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 6.5.3.0 Introduced on the E-Series. permit Configure a permit rule. A permit rule excludes the matching packets from PBR classification and routes them using conventional routing.
PAGE 1174
operator • psh = push function • rst = reset the connection • syn = synchronize sequence number • urg = urgent field (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only. Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt= less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the portcommand parameter.) Defaults None Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1175
• Parameters You can also use the no redirect {ip-address | slot/port}| tunnel tunnel-id}[track ] {ip-protocol-number [bit] | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator] command. redirect Enter the keyword redirect to assign the sequence to the redirect list. ip-address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router. slot/port Enter the keyword slot / port followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 1176
Defaults None Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 1177
ip-protocol-number Enter the keyword ip-protocol-number then the number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. protocol-type Enter one of the following keywords as the protocol type: • icmp for internet control message protocol • ip for any internet protocol • tcp for transmission control protocol • udp for user datagram protocol source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x).
PAGE 1178
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9000. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1179
00004 5 Dell# Related Commands N/A IP 0x0 0 0 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0 00:01:e8:8a:fd:76 Vl 1020(Po 100) • ip redirect-group – applies a redirect group to an interface. • show ip redirect-list – displays the redirect-list configuration. show ip redirect-list View the redirect list configuration and the interfaces it is applied to.
PAGE 1180
, Track 200 [up], Next-hop reachable (via Gi 2/18) , Track 200 [up], Next-hop reachable (via Gi 2/19) Dell# 1180 Policy-based Routing (PBR)
PAGE 1181
38 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the platform. The following describes the IPv4 PIM-SIM commands. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1182
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command re-applies the RP mapping logic for all the groups learnt by the node. Any stale information corresponding to the existing mapping configuration is updated. The existing BSR cache and the *,G's are deleted only if these entries are stale. clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database.
PAGE 1183
If you use this command on a peer VLT node, only the synced routes are deleted from the multicast route table. debug ip pim View IP PIM debugging messages. Syntax debug ip pim [vrf vrf-name] [bsr | events | group | packet [in | out] | register | state | timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register]] To disable PIM debugging, use the no debug ip pim [vrf vrf-name] command or use the undebug all to disable all debugging command.
PAGE 1184
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1185
ip pim bsr-candidate To join the Bootstrap election process, configure the PIM router. Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] bsr-candidate interface [hash-mask-length] [priority] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-candidate [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure the PIM router on a VRF.
PAGE 1186
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Added support for the VLAN interface. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1187
To remove the access list, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] join-filter ext-access-list command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to permit or deny PIM join or prune messages on an interface associated with that VRF. ext-access-list Enter the name of an extended access list. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1188
ip pim ingress-interface-map When the Dell Networking system is the RP, statically map potential incoming interfaces to (*,G) entries to create a lossless multicast forwarding environment. Syntax ip pim ingress-interface-map std-access-list Parameters std-access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1189
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to default VRF. access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1190
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series.
PAGE 1191
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced The access name is an extended IP access list that denies PIM register packets to RP at the source DR based on the multicast and group addresses. Do not enter this command before creating the access-list. ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list.
PAGE 1192
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. First-hop routers use this address by to send register packets on behalf of source multicast hosts. The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered.
PAGE 1193
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced the acl-name parameter. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1194
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. The interface must be enabled (the no shutdown command) and not have the switchport command configured. Multicast must also be enabled globally (using the ip multicast-lag-hashing command). PIM is supported on the port-channel interface. ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer Enable expiry timers globally for all sources.
PAGE 1195
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. 7.7.1.1 Introduced This command configures an expiration timer for all S.G entries, unless they are assigned to an Extended ACL. Even though the FHR nodes act as RPs, these nodes still send Register encap messages to themselves and expect to receive a Register stop message (for Anycast RP support).
PAGE 1196
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS supports standard access lists for the SSM range. You cannot use extended ACLs for configuring the SSM range. If you configure an extended ACL and then used in the ip pim ssm-range {access list name} configuration, an error is reported.
PAGE 1197
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command is applicable to last hop routers on the shared tree towards the rendezvous point (RP). no ip pim snooping dr-flood Disable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router.
PAGE 1198
• Multicast traffic for an unknown group is sent on the port towards the PIM DR. When DR flooding is disabled, multicast traffic for an unknown group is dropped. show ip pim bsr-router View information on the Bootstrap router. S3048–ON Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] bsr-router Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
PAGE 1199
show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. S3048–ON Syntax Parameters show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] interface vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on this VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1200
Field Description Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface. Query Intvl Displays the query interval for Router Query messages on that interface (configured with ip pim query-interval command). DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (use the ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface.
PAGE 1201
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip pim neighbor command shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor.
PAGE 1202
group-address Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 1203
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example (#2) vlan vlan-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM-SM snooping. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1204
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information vlan vlan-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about PIM neighbors that PIM-SM snooping discovered on a specified VLAN. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1205
show ip pim snooping tib Display information from the tree information base (TIB) PIM-SM snooping discovered about multicast group members and states. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show ip pim snooping tib [vlan vlan-id] [group-address [source-address]] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered on a specified VLAN. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1206
Field Example Description • J = first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT • K=acknowledge pending state Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source. RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP/source.
PAGE 1207
Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 1208
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.
PAGE 1209
show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB). S3048–ON Syntax Parameters show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] tib [group-address [source-address]] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes Command History Usage Information group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 1210
Example Field Description flags List the flags to define the entries: • D = PIM Dense Mode • S = PIM Sparse Mode • C = directly connected • L = local to the multicast group • P = route was pruned • R = the forwarding entry is pointing toward the RP • F = Dell Networking OS is registering this entry for a multicast source • T = packets were received via Shortest Tree Path • J = first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT • K = acknowledge p
PAGE 1211
show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping. Syntax show running-config pim Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1212
39 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). • The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1213
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 1214
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced GRE protocol support. monitor multicast-queue Configure monitor QoS multicast queue ID. Syntax monitor multicast-queue queue-id To remove the configuration, use the no monitor multicast-queue command.
PAGE 1215
To delete all monitor sessions, use the no monitor session all command. Parameters session-ID Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. type Specifies one of the following type: • rpm • erpm rpm Creates a remote port monitoring (rpm) session. erpm Creates an encapsulated remote port monitoring (erpm) session. set ip dscp Configures the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value of the packets in the Encapsulated Remote Switched Port Analyzer (ERSPAN) traffic.
PAGE 1216
Usage Information The monitor command is saved in the running configuration at Monitor Session mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload. Example Dell# show monitor session SessID Source Destination ------ ---------------0 Gi 1/12 remote-ip 0 Po 1 remote-ip 1 Vl 11 remote-ip Related Command Dir --rx tx rx Mode Source IP ---- --------Flow 1.1.1.1 Flow 1.1.1.1 Flow 5.1.1.1 Dest IP -------7.1.1.2 7.1.1.2 3.1.1.2 • show monitor session — displays the monitor session.
PAGE 1217
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1218
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for the RPM / ERPM. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1219
Defaults Command Modes Command History none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1220
Parameters source interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface enter the keyword VLAN followed by a number from 1 to 4094. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1221
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for Source and destination. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1222
40 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking OS is supported on the platforms. Private VLANs extend the Dell Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The Dell Networking OS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands.
PAGE 1223
• A trunk port can also belong to a regular VLAN (non-private VLAN). Topics: • ip local-proxy-arp • private-vlan mode • private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan • switchport mode private-vlan ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN. S3048 Syntax [no] ip local-proxy-arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip local-proxyarp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN.
PAGE 1224
Related Commands • private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. • private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — maps secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. • show arp — displays the ARP table. • switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. private-vlan mode Set PVLAN mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary.
PAGE 1225
• mode to community or isolated even before associating it to a primary VLAN. This secondary VLAN continues to work normally as a normal VLAN even though it is not associated to a primary VLAN. (A syslog message indicates this.) • must not have a port in it when VLAN mode is being set. Only ports (and port channels) configured as promiscuous, host, or PVLAN trunk ports (as previously described) can be added to the PVLAN. No other regular ports can be added to the PVLAN.
PAGE 1226
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The list of secondary VLANs can be: • Specified in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format. • Specified with this command even before they have been created. • Amended by specifying the new secondary VLAN to be added to the list. • private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary.
PAGE 1227
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The assignment of the various PVLAN port types to port and port channel (LAG) interfaces is shown in the following example.
PAGE 1228
41 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking OS implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. Dell Networking OS supports PVST+ on the S3048 platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
PAGE 1229
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre- 7.7.1.1 Introduced. • protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally.
PAGE 1230
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter PVST+ mode. extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state.
PAGE 1231
Gi 1/10 128.140 128 Gi 1/12 128.142 128 200000 FWD 0 200000 DIS 0 32773 0001.e832.73f7 128.140 32773 0001.e832.73f7 128.142 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge -------------------------------------------------------Gi 0/10 Desg 128.140 128 200000 FWD 0 P2P No Gi 0/12 Dis 128.142 128 200000 DIS 0 P2P No Dell(conf-pvst)# Related Commands • protocol spanning-tree pvst – enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
PAGE 1232
Dell(conf-pvst)# Dell(conf-pvst)# show config ! protocol spanning-tree pvst no disable vlan 2 bridge-priority 4096 vlan 3 bridge-priority 16384 Dell# Usage Information Related Commands After you enable PVST+, the device runs an STP instance for each VLAN it supports. • disable — disables PVST+. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration.
PAGE 1233
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.4.2.1 Support for the optional guard keyword was added on the C-Series, S-Series, and ESeries. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1234
Root Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of VLAN 2 Current root has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Number of topology changes 3, last change occured 00:57:00 Port 130 (GigabitEthernet 1/0) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.
PAGE 1235
Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------------------------------------------Gi 1/1 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.1223 Example (Guard) Related Commands Dell# show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 guard Interface Name Instance Sts Guard type ----------------------------------Gi 1/1 5 INCON(Root) Rootguard Gi 1/2 5 FWD Loopguard Gi 1/3 5 EDS(Shut) Bpduguard • spanning-tree pvst — configure PVST+ on an interface.
PAGE 1236
• Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet = 180000. priority value Enter the keyword priority then the Port priority value in increments of 16. The range is from 0 to 240. The default is 128. loopguard (C-, S-, and E-Series only) Enter the keyword loopguard to enable loop guard on a PVST+ port or port-channel interface. rootguard (C-, S-, and E-Series only) Enter the keyword rootguard to enable root guard on a PVST+ port or port-channel interface. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1237
You cannot enable root guard and loop guard at the same time on a port. For example, if you configure loop guard on a port on which root guard is already configured, the following error message is displayed: % Error: RootGuard is configured. Cannot configure LoopGuard. When used in a PVST+ network, loop guard is performed per-port or per-port channel at a VLAN level. If no BPDUs are received on a VLAN interface, the port or port-channel transitions to a Loop-Inconsistent (blocking) state only for this VLAN.
PAGE 1238
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Some non-Dell Networking systems which have hybrid ports participating in PVST+ transmit two kinds of BPDUs: an 802.1D BPDU and an untagged PVST+ BPDU. Dell Networking systems do not expect PVST+ BPDU on an untagged port.
PAGE 1239
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. By default, Dell Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for PVST+. This implementation helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
PAGE 1240
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. • vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the Forwarding state. • vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. • vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
PAGE 1241
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. • vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. • vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. • vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan hello-time Set the time interval between generation of PVST+ 7 BPDUs.
PAGE 1242
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. • vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. • vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the forwarding state. • vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
PAGE 1243
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. • vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. • vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the forwarding state. • vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. • show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
PAGE 1244
42 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking OS commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell Networking products. platform. Topics: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands • DSCP Color Map Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
PAGE 1245
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations.
PAGE 1246
Usage Information The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface. The system places traffic marked with a priority in the correct queue and processes that traffic according to its queue. When you set the priority for a port channel, the physical interfaces assigned to the port channel are configured with the same value. You cannot assign the dot1p-priority command to individual interfaces in a port channel.
PAGE 1247
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information NOTE: Per Port rate police is supported for Layer 2 tagged and untagged switched traffic and for Layer 3 traffic. Per VLAN rate police is supported on only tagged ports with Layer 2 switched traffic. S-Series On one interface, you can configure the rate police command for a VLAN or you can configure the rate police command for an interface.
PAGE 1248
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. On 40-port 10G stack-unit if the traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured.
PAGE 1249
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. To apply dot1p-queue-mapping, use the service-class dynamic dot1p command. • show qos dot1p-queue-mapping — displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch. service-class dynamic dot1p Honor all 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on an interface (from INTERFACE mode) or on all interfaces (from CONFIGURATION mode).
PAGE 1250
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the command to permit configuration on port channels. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To honor all incoming 802.
PAGE 1251
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. After you configure a unicast queue as strict-priority, that particular queue, on the entire chassis, is treated as a strict-priority queue.
PAGE 1252
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.1.9.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The unit of bandwidth percentage is 1%.
PAGE 1253
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Class-map names can be 32 characters. Layer2 available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1254
Defaults • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. none Command Modes Command History Related Commands • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1255
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (policy-map-input and policy-map-output; conf-qos-policy-in and conf-qos-policy-out; wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1256
Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1257
dscp-list Enter the IP DSCP values that is to be the match criteria. Separate values by commas — no spaces ( 1,2,3 ) or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). The range is from 0 to 63. set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic is marked with the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1258
match ip precedence Use IP precedence values as a match criteria. S3048–ON Syntax match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [set-ip-dscp value] To remove IP precedence as a match criteria, use the no match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic. ip-any Enter the keyword ip-any to support IPv4 and IPv6 traffic.
PAGE 1259
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. The match ip precedence command and the match ip dscp command are mutually exclusive. Up to eight precedence values can be matched in one match statement.
PAGE 1260
Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map. match ip vrf Uses a VRF as the match criterion for an L3 class map. S3048–ON Syntax match ip vrf vrf-id To remove VRF as the match criterion, use the no match ip vrf vrf-id command. Parameters vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vrf and then the ID of the VRF. The range is from 1 to 63. Defaults none Command Modes CONF-CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1261
Parameters mac-acl-name Enter a MAC ACL name. Its contents is used as the match criteria in the class map. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1262
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1263
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. • class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps.
PAGE 1264
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. An aggregate output QoS policy applies to all outbound port traffic. An aggregate output QoS policy can coexist with per-queue output QoS policies. If the rate shape exists in both aggregate and per-queue qos-policy, minimum of 2 take effect. Some of all Queue-rate will not exceed aggregate. • policy-map-input — creates an input policy map.
PAGE 1265
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Expanded to add support for Layer 2. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The input policy map is used to classify incoming traffic to different flows using class-map, QoS policy, or incoming packets DSCP.
PAGE 1266
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To assign traffic to different flows using QoS policy, use the Output Policy map. This command enables PolicyMap-Output Configuration mode (conf-policy-map-out).
PAGE 1267
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Use this command to specify the name of the input QoS policy. Once input policy is specified, rate-police can be defined.
PAGE 1268
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Use this command to specify the name of the output QoS policy.
PAGE 1269
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.10 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for multicast-bandwidth. 7.4.1.0 and 6.5.3.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1270
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 and 6.5.3.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1271
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.
PAGE 1272
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1273
To remove the input policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy input policy-mapname [layer2] command. Parameters policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist. layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1274
service-policy output Apply an output policy map to the selected interface. S3048–ON Syntax service-policy output policy-map-name To remove the output policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy output policy-mapname command. Parameters policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist.
PAGE 1275
service-queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues. S3048–ON Syntax service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] To remove the queue assignment, use the no service-queue queue-id [class-map class-mapname] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] command. Parameters queue-id Enter the value used to identify a queue. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1276
Related Commands • class-map — identifies the class map. • service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface. • service-policy output — applies an output policy map to the selected interface. set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value. S3048–ON Syntax set {ip-dscp value | mac-dot1p value} Parameters ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 1277
show qos class-map View the current class map information. S3048–ON Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example show qos class-map [class-name] class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1278
show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch. Syntax show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Defaults • dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 • Queue: 1 0 0 1 2 2 3 3 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1279
• detail Defaults Command Modes Command History Example (IPv4) For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. To view a policy map interface in detail, enter the keyword detail and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1280
Example (Summary IPv4) Dell# show qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Gi 4/1 PM1 Gi 4/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details. S3048–ON Syntax show qos policy-map-input [policy-map-name] [class class-map-name] [qos-policyinput qos-policy-name] Parameters Defaults Enter the policy map name. class class-mapname Enter the keyword class then the class map name.
PAGE 1281
Example Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show qos policy-map-input Policy-map-input PolicyMapInput Aggregate Qos-policy-name AggPolicyIn Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 ClassMap1 qosPolicyInput Dell# Example Dell# show qos policy-map-input Policy-map-input pmap1 Trust ipv6-diffserv Queue# Class-map-name 0 c0 1 c1 2 c2 3 c3 4 c4 5 c5 6 c6 7 c7 Dell# Qos-policy-name q0 q1 q2 q3 q4 q6 q7 show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details.
PAGE 1282
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1283
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show qos qos-policy-input Qos-policy-input QosInput Rate-police 100 50 peak 100 50 Dscp 32 Dell# show qos qos-policy-output View the output QoS policy details.
PAGE 1284
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show qos qos-policy-output Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 Dell# show qos statistics View QoS statistics.
PAGE 1285
Command History Example of show qos statistics egress—queue with per queue per port tx and drop rates Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Updated the show qos statistics egress—queue output to reflect per queue per port tx and drop rates. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1286
• Dropped Pkts — The total of the number of packets dropped for green, yellow and out-of-profile. show qos wred-profile View the WRED profile details. S3048–ON Syntax show qos wred-profile wred-profile-name Parameters Defaults Command History 1286 Enter the WRED profile name to view the profile details. none Command Modes Example wred-profile-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1287
test cam-usage Check the Input Policy Map configuration for the CAM usage. S3048–ON Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map stack-unit {[number port-set portpipe number] | [all]} policy-map Enter the policy map name. stack-unitnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack-unit slot number. port-set portpipe number Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port pipe number. The range is from 0 or 1.
PAGE 1288
Field Description CAM Partition The CAM space where the rules are added. Available CAM Indicates the free CAM space, in the partition, for the classification rules. NOTE: The CAM entries reserved for the default rules are not included in the Available CAM column; free entries, from the default rules space, cannot be used as a policy map for the classification rules.
PAGE 1289
Parameters min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1 to 9360. max number Enter the keyword max then the maximum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1 to 9360 KB. max-drop-drop number Enter the keyword max-drop-drop followed by the maximum number of packets for the WRED profile.
PAGE 1290
trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust. S3048–ON Syntax trust {diffserv [fallback]| dot1p [fallback]} Parameters diffserv Enter the keyword diffserv to specify trust of DSCP markings. dot1p Enter the keyword dot1p to specify trust dot1p configuration. fallback Enter the keyword fallback to classify packets according to their DSCP or dot1p value as a secondary option in case no match occurs against the configured class maps.
PAGE 1291
Table 4.
PAGE 1292
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. To assign drop precedence to green or yellow traffic, use this command.
PAGE 1293
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you enable wred ecn, and the number of packets in the queue is below the minimum threshold, packets are transmitted per the usual WRED treatment.
PAGE 1294
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Use the default pre-defined profiles or configure your own profile.
PAGE 1295
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
PAGE 1296
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Usage Information A color map outlines the codepoint mappings to the appropriate color mapping (green, yellow, red) for the traffic.
PAGE 1297
Usage Information If the specified color-map does not exist, the Diffserv Manager (DSM) creates a color map and sets all the DSCP values to green (low drop precedence). Example The following example assigns the color map, bat-enclave-map, to interface gi 1/11. Dell(conf)# int gi 1/11 Dell(conf-if-gi-1/11)# qos dscp-color-policy bat-enclave-map Related Commands • dscp— sets the number of specific DSCP values for color map profile to yellow or red. • qos dscp-color-map— configures the DSCP color map.
PAGE 1298
Dell# show qos dscp-color-policy detail te 1/10 Interface GigabitEthernet 1/10 Dscp-color-map mapONE yellow 4,7 red 20,30 Dell# Related Commands • show qos dscp-color-map — displays DSCP color maps. show qos dscp-color-map Display the DSCP color map for one or all interfaces. Syntax show qos dscp-color-map map-name Parameters map-name Enter the name of the color map. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1299
43 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking OS supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the platform. The Dell Networking OS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, see the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1300
auto-summary Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes. This command applies only to RIP version 2. Syntax auto-summary To send sub-prefix routing information, use the no auto-summary command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1301
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1302
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1303
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1304
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command ensures that route information being redistributed is converted to the same metric value. • redistribute — allows you to redistribute routes learned by other methods.
PAGE 1305
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • router rip — enters ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Assign a weight (for prioritization) to all routes in the RIP routing table or to a specific route. Lower weights (“administrative distance”) are preferred. S3048–ON Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-name]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask] command.
PAGE 1306
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • default-metric — assigns one distance metric to all routes learned using the redistribute command. distribute-list in Configure a filter for incoming routing updates. S3048–ON Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list.
PAGE 1307
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. distribute-list out Configure a filter for outgoing routing updates.
PAGE 1308
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1309
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • ip split-horizon — sets the RIP routing updates to exclude routing prefixes. ip rip receive version To receive specific versions of RIP, set the interface. The RIP version you set on the interface overrides the version command in ROUTER RIP mode.
PAGE 1310
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you want the interface to receive both versions of RIP, use the ip rip receive version 1 2 command. • ip rip send version — sets the RIP version for sending RIP traffic on an interface. • version — sets the RIP version the switch software uses. ip rip send version To send a specific version of RIP, set the interface.
PAGE 1311
Usage Information Related Commands To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, use the ip rip send version 1 2 command. • ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic. • version — sets the RIP version for the switch software. ip split-horizon Enable split-horizon for RIP data on the interface. As described in RFC 2453, the split-horizon scheme prevents any routes learned over a specific interface to be sent back out that interface.
PAGE 1312
maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. S3048–ON Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1313
To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1314
Parameters ip-address Specify an IP network address in dotted decimal format. You cannot specify a subnet. Defaults No RIP network is configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1315
• For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1316
Parameters delay Specify a number of milliseconds as the delay interval. The range is from 8 to 50. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1317
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 1318
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1319
route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1320
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1321
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable RIP, assign a network address using the network command. Example Dell(conf)# router rip Dell(conf-router_rip)# Related Commands • network — enables RIP. • exit — returns to CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 1322
Example Version Description pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-router_rip)# show config ! router rip network 172.31.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 1/1 Dell(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated. S3048–ON Syntax show ip rip database [ip-address mask] Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only.
PAGE 1323
Example Field Description Total number of routes in RIP database Displays the number of RIP routes stored in the RIP database. 100.10.10.0/24 directly connected Lists the routes directly connected. 150.100.0.0 redistributed Lists the routes learned through redistribution. 209.9.16.0/24... Lists the routes and the sources advertising those routes. Dell# show ip rip database Total number of routes in RIP database: 1624 204.250.54.0/24 [50/1] via 192.14.1.3, 00:00:12, GigabitEthernet 1/15 204.250.
PAGE 1324
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show running-config rip ! router rip distribute-list Test1 in distribute-list Test21 out network 10.0.0.
PAGE 1325
routing table. The flush value should be greater than the update value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 240 seconds. Defaults • update = 30 seconds • invalid = 180 seconds • holddown = 180 seconds • flush = 240 seconds Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1326
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands 1326 Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1327
44 Remote Monitoring (RMON) The Dell Networking OS remote monitoring (RMON) is implemented on the S3048–ON platform. Dell Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1328
rmon alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object. S3048–ON Syntax rmon alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon alarm number command. Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3.
PAGE 1329
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1330
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1331
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table. S3048–ON Syntax rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] To disable RMON on an interface, use the no rmon event number command.
PAGE 1332
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object.
PAGE 1333
owner string (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to specify an owner for the alarm. This is the alarmOwner object in the alarmTable of the RMON MIB. Defaults owner Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1334
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show rmon RMON status total memory used 218840 bytes.
PAGE 1335
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell# show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample type: absolute value. value: 255161 alarm type: rising or falling alarm.
PAGE 1336
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. S3048–ON Syntax show rmon events [index] [brief] Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-toread format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1337
event type: LOG. event community: event last time sent: none event owner: event status: OK RMON event entry 113 description: event type: SNMP TRAP. event community: private event last time sent: none event owner: event status: OK RMON event entry 114 description: event type: LOG and SNMP TRAP.
PAGE 1338
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1339
show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. S3048–ON Syntax Parameters show rmon history [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in an easy-to-read format Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1340
6002 100974631 6003 101236775 6004 101236775 9001 134529054 9002 134529054 9003 134791198 9004 134791198 Dell# GigabitEthernet GigabitEthernet GigabitEthernet GigabitEthernet GigabitEthernet GigabitEthernet GigabitEthernet 2/2 2/1 2/1 3/2 3/2 3/1 3/1 show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table. S3048–ON Syntax show rmon log [index] [brief] Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry.
PAGE 1341
log time: 14638 (THU AUG 12 22:10:40 2004) description: 2 Dell# Example (Brief) Dell# show rmon log br eventIndex description -----------------------------2 2 4 4 Dell# show rmon statistics Display the contents of RMON Ethernet statistics table. S3048–ON Syntax Parameters show rmon statistics [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format.
PAGE 1342
packets dropped: 0 bytes received: 0 packets received: 0 broadcast packets: 0 multicast packets: 0 CRC error: 0 under-size packets: 0 over-size packets: 0 fragment errors: 0 jabber errors: 0 collision: 0 64bytes packets: 0 65-127 bytes packets: 0 128-255 bytes packets: 0 256-511 bytes packets: 0 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 owner: 1 status: OK HC packets received overflow: 0 HC packets received: 0 HC bytes received overflow: 0 HC bytes received: 0 HC 64bytes pack
PAGE 1343
45 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking OS implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell Networking OS supports RSTP.
PAGE 1344
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode.
PAGE 1345
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1346
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. • protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1347
forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds that Dell Networking OS waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1348
Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds. The range is from 50 to 950 milliseconds Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1349
Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1350
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode.
PAGE 1351
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-rstp)# show config ! protocol spanning-tree rstp no disable bridge-priority 16384 show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree rstp [brief] [guard] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the RSTP configuration information.
PAGE 1352
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show spanning-tree rstp guard command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Name RSTP interface. Instance RSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), disabled (DIS), or shut down (EDS Shut).
PAGE 1353
Number of topology changes 1, last change occurred 00:00:31 ago on Gi 1/1 Port 257 (GigabitEthernet 1/1) is LBK_INC Discarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.257 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1354
rootguard Enter the keyword rootguard to enable root guard on an RSTP port or port-channel interface. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1355
• Example If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. Dell(conf)# interface gigabitethernet 4/1 Dell(conf-if-gi-4/0)# spanning-tree rstp edge-port Dell(conf-if-gi-4/0)# show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 4/1 no ip address switchport spanning-tree rstp edge-port no shutdown Dell# tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1356
46 Software-Defined Networking (SDN) The Dell Networking OS supports software-defined networking (SDN). For more information, see the SDN Deployment Guide.
PAGE 1357
47 Security The commands in this chapter are available on Dell Networking OS. For configuration details, see the Security section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: Dell Networking OS implements LEAP with MSCHAP v2 supplicant. Topics: • AAA Accounting Commands • Authorization and Privilege Commands • Obscure Password Commands • Authentication and Password Commands • RADIUS Commands • TACACS+ Commands • Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1358
Parameters system Enter the keyword system to send accounting information of any other AAA configuration. exec Enter the keyword exec to send accounting information when a user has logged in to EXEC mode. commands {level | role role-name Enter the keyword command then a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level or enter the keyword role then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role.
PAGE 1359
Usage Information In the example above, TACACS+ accounting is used to track all usage of EXEC command and commands on privilege level 15. Privilege level 15 is the default. If you want to track usage at privilege level 1 for example, use the aaa accounting command 1 command.
PAGE 1360
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. • aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function. aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL.
PAGE 1361
login method-list none command is applied. To prevent the accounting records from being generated for sessions that do not have user names associated to them, use the aaa accounting suppress command. aaa radius group Configure the RADIUS server group that is used for Authentication, Authorization and Accounting. Syntax aaa radius group group-name To remove the RADIUS group configuration, use the no aaa radius group group-name command. Parameters group-name Enter the name of the RADIUS server group.
PAGE 1362
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.
PAGE 1363
Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines. Syntax Parameters authorization {exec | commands {level | role role-name}} method-list exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level authorization method list.
PAGE 1364
Related Commands • aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands. • aaa authorization exec — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. aaa authorization commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands.
PAGE 1365
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. Certain TACACS+ servers do not authenticate the device if you use the aaa authorization commands level default local tacacs+ command. To resolve the issue, use the aaa authorization commands level default tacacs+ local command. aaa authorization config-commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands.
PAGE 1366
aaa authorization exec Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC-level commands. Syntax aaa authorization exec {name | default} {local || tacacs+ || if-authenticated || none} To disable authorization checking for EXEC level commands, use the no aaa authorization exec command. Parameters name Define a name for the list of authorization methods. default Define the default list of authorization methods.
PAGE 1367
Parameters mode level level Enter one of the following keywords as the mode for which you are controlling access: • configure for CONFIGURATION mode • exec for EXEC mode • interface for INTERFACE modes • line for LINE mode • route-map for ROUTE-MAP mode • router for ROUTER OSPF, ROUTER RIP, ROUTER ISIS and ROUTER BGP modes Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes and commands.
PAGE 1368
To delete access to a terminal line, use the no privilege level level command. Parameters level level Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes. Defaults level = 15 Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1369
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.
PAGE 1370
method ... method2 Enter one of the following methods: • enable: use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode. • line: use the password the password command defines in LINE mode. • none: no authentication. • radius: use the RADIUS servers configured with the radius-server host command. • tacacs+: use the TACACS+ server(s) configured with the tacacs-server host command.
PAGE 1371
• radius-server host — specifies a RADIUS server host. • tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. aaa authentication login Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC mode (Enable log-in). Syntax aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} method [... method4] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} command.
PAGE 1372
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0 Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1373
access-class Restrict incoming connections to a particular IP address in a defined IP access control list (ACL). Syntax access-class access-list-name To delete a setting, use the no access-class command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of an established IP Standard ACL. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1374
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced this command. When an operating system enables to change the user authenticators, the users might access resources and perform tasks that they do not have authorization.
PAGE 1375
Defaults No password is configured. level = 15. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1376
Parameters sha256-password Enter the keyword sha256-password then the encryption-type or the password. level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 8 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter 8 to enter the sha256–based hashed password. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults No password is configured. level = 15.
PAGE 1377
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1378
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1379
Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.6.0.0 Revised introductory and usage guidelines description. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1380
Parameters encryption-type password (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the password entered. The options are • 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. Enter a text string up to 32 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults No password is configured.
PAGE 1381
password-attributes Configure the password attributes (strong password). Syntax password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [lockout-period minutes][character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] To return to the default, use the no password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [lockout-period minutes] [character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] command.
PAGE 1382
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced lockout-period option on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced lockout-period option on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1383
service password-encryption Encrypt all passwords configured in Dell Networking OS. Syntax service password-encryption To store new passwords as clear text, use the no service password-encryption command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1384
Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 1385
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1386
timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out. Syntax timeout login response seconds To return to the default values, use the no timeout login response command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out. The range is: • VTY — range is from 1 to 30 seconds, the default is 30 seconds. • Console — range is from 1 to 300 seconds, the default is 0 seconds (no timeout).
PAGE 1387
username Establish an authentication system based on user names. Syntax username name [access-class access-list-name] [nopassword | {password | secret | sha256-password} [encryption-type] password] [privilege level] [role rolename] If you do not want a specific user to enter a password, use the nopassword option. To delete authentication for a user, use the no username name command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters.
PAGE 1388
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for the secret option and the MD5 password encryption.
PAGE 1389
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(2.0P1) Introduced the command on all Dell Networking OS platforms. If an authentication method is not configured using this command, then PAP is used for authentication with the RADIUS server.
PAGE 1390
ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections. Syntax ip radius source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip radius source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1391
radius-server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non-responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped. Syntax radius-server deadtime seconds To disable this function or return to the default value, use the no radius-server deadtime command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds during which non-responsive RADIUS servers are skipped. The range is from 0 to 2147483647 seconds. The default is 0 seconds.
PAGE 1392
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Dell(conf)# radius-server group group1 Dell(conf-radius-group)# radius-server host 1.1.1.
PAGE 1393
key [encryptiontype] key (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key then an optional encryption-type and a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key. The RADIUS host server uses this authentication key and the RADIUS daemon operating on this switch. For the encryption-type, enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden.
PAGE 1394
Usage Information To configure any number of RADIUS server hosts for each server host that is configured, use this command. Dell Networking OS searches for the RADIUS hosts in the order they are configured in the software. The global default values for the timeout, retransmit, and key optional parameters are applied, unless those values are specified in the radius-server host or other commands.
PAGE 1395
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes RADIUS SERVER GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.
PAGE 1396
Parameters encryption-type key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden. Enter a string that is the key to be exchanged between the switch and RADIUS servers. It can be up to 42 characters long. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1397
To configure zero retransmit attempts, use the no radius-server retransmit command. To return to the default setting, use the radius-server retransmit 3 command. Parameters retries Enter a number of attempts that the Dell OS tries to locate a RADIUS server. The range is from zero (0) to 100. The default is 3 retries. Defaults 3 retries Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1398
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1399
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information If the TACACS group is not configured for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting, then globally configured TACACS servers are used for the purposes. When the TACACS group is removed, the AAA configuration is also removed.
PAGE 1400
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip tacacs source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for TACACS+ connections. Syntax ip tacacs source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip tacacs source-interface command.
PAGE 1401
Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. tacacs-server group Creates a group of TACACS servers. Syntax Parameters tacacs-server group group-nameTo delete a group of TACACS servers, use the no tacacs-server group group-name command. group-name Enter the name of the TACACS server group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1402
tacacs-server host Specify a TACACS+ host. Syntax tacacs-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [port number] [timeout seconds] [key key] Parameters hostname Enter the name of the TACACS+ server host. ipv4-address | ipv6address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the TACACS+ server host. port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then a number as the port to be used by the TACACS+ server. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. The default is 49.
PAGE 1403
Usage Information To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times. If you are not configuring the switch as a TACACS+ server, you do not need to configure the port, timeout and key optional parameters. If you do not configure a key, the key assigned in the tacacs-server key command is used. You can use duplicate host names or IP addresses among TACACS groups.
PAGE 1404
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1405
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
PAGE 1406
• If 802.1X is disabled on the port, it is returned to the configured access VLAN. • When the port is in the Force Authorized, Force Unauthorized, or Shutdown state, it is placed in the configured access VLAN. • If an 802.1X port is authenticated and put in the RADIUS server assigned VLAN, any change to the port access VLAN configuration does not take effect. • The 802.
PAGE 1407
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1408
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. If the host responds to 802.1X with an incorrect login/password, the login fails. The switch attempts to authenticate again until the maximum attempts configured is reached.
PAGE 1409
dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1410
• show dot1x interface — displays the 802.1X information on an interface. dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, Dell Networking OS attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. Syntax [no] dot1x mac-auth-bypass Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1411
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1412
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The authenticator performs authentication only when port-control is set to auto. dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command.
PAGE 1413
Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (1 year). The default is3600 (1 hour). Defaults 3600 seconds (1 hour) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1414
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out.
PAGE 1415
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use theno dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30.
PAGE 1416
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1417
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. Dell#show dot1x interface tengigabitethernet 1/49 802.
PAGE 1418
Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize SSH and SCP Commands Dell Networking OS supports secure shell (SSH) protocol versions 1.5 and 2.0. SSH is a protocol for secure remote login over an insecure network. SSH sessions are encrypted and use authentication. crypto key generate Generate keys for the SSH server.
PAGE 1419
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for FIPS mode on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The host keys are required for key-exchange by the SSH server. If the keys are not found when you enable the server (ip ssh server enable), the keys are automatically generated.
PAGE 1420
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL debug ip ssh Enables collecting SSH debug information. Syntax debug ip ssh {client | server} To disable debugging, use the no debug ip ssh {client | server} command. Parameters client Enter the keyword client to enable collecting debug information on the client. server Enter the keyword server to enable collecting debug information on the server.
PAGE 1421
To return to the default setting, use the no ip scp topdir command. Parameters directory Enter a directory name. Defaults The internal flash (flash:) is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
PAGE 1422
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1423
ip ssh cipher Configure the list of ciphers supported on both SSH client and SCP. Syntax Parameters Defaults ip ssh cipher cipher-list cipher cipher-list Enter the keyword cipher and then a space-delimited list of ciphers that the SSH client supports. The following ciphers are available.
PAGE 1424
ip ssh connection-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of incoming SSH connections per minute. Syntax ip ssh connection-rate-limit 1-60 Parameters 1-60 Enter the number of maximum numbers of incoming SSH connections allowed per minute. The range is from 1 to 60 per minute. The default is 10 per minute. Defaults 10 per minute Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1425
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1426
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1427
When FIPS mode is enabled: • hmac-sha2–256 • hmac-sha1 • hmac-sha1–96 When FIPS mode is disabled: • hmac-sha2-256 • hmac-sha1 • hmac-sha1–96 • hmac-md5 • hmac-md5-96 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1428
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1429
Usage Information Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command specifies the file used for the host-based authentication. The creates/ file overwrites the flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/knownhosts file and deletes the user-specified file. Even though this command is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once.
PAGE 1430
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL ip ssh rhostsfile Specify the rhost file used for host-based authorization. Syntax ip ssh rhostsfile {WORD} Parameters WORD Enter the rhost file name for the host-based authentication. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1431
This file contains hostnames and usernames, for which hosts and users, rhost-authentication can be allowed. NOTE: For rhostfile and pub-key-file, the administrator must FTP the file to the switch. ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) Enable RSA authentication for the SSHv2 server. Syntax ip ssh rsa-authentication enable To disable RSA authentication, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable RSA authentication for the SSHv2 server.
PAGE 1432
ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. SSH server is enabled by default. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1433
When FIPS is not enabled, the default HMAC algorithms are the following: kex key-exchangealgorithm • hmac-md5 • hmac-md5-96 • hmac-sha1 • hmac-sha1-96 • hmac-sha2-256 Enter the keyword kex and then a space-delimited list of key exchange algorithms supported by the SSH server.
PAGE 1434
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Removed the support for hmac-sha2-256-96 algorithm. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced the cipher , kex and mac options on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced the cipher, kex and mac options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1435
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the VRF name to configure an SSH server on that VRF. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 1436
• For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1437
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information If you configure a VRF for an SSH session, then you need not explicitly mention the same VRF for the SSH client sessions intended for that VRF. The vrf attribute in the ip ssh vrf command is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands.
PAGE 1438
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is useful if the remote SSH client implements Strict Host Key Checking. You can copy the host key to your list of known hosts.
PAGE 1439
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v1 and v2. SSH server vrf : default.
PAGE 1440
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash://ADMIN_DIRssh/knownhosts file.
PAGE 1441
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/authorized-keys.username file.
PAGE 1442
vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name to open an SSH connection to that instance. ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. ipv6-address prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1443
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Added support for the following ciphers and HMAC alogorithms on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4820T. S6000–ON. • aes128-cbc • aes192-cbc • aes256-cbc • aes128-ctr • aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr • hmac-sha2-256 • hmac-sha2-256-96 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1444
clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1445
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally.
PAGE 1446
Related Commands • ip dhcp snooping vlan — enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface type slot/port lease number Parameters Defaults Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs.
PAGE 1447
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. • show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. Syntax Parameters ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes minutes The range is from 5 to 21600.
PAGE 1448
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1449
ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard. Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1450
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. When enabled, the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLANs. NOTE: Learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN.
PAGE 1451
Role-Based Access Control Commands With Role-Based Access Control (RBAC), access and authorization is controlled based on a user’s role. Users are granted permissions based on their user roles, not on their individual user ID. User roles are created for job functions and through those roles they acquire the permissions to perform their associated job function. This section describes the syntax and usage of RBAC-specific commands.
PAGE 1452
Related Commands 1 Locally define a system administrator user role.This will give you access to login with full permissions even if network connectivity to remote authentication servers is not available. 2 Configure login authentication on the console. This ensures that all users are properly identified through authentication no matter the access point 3 Specify an authentication method (RADIUS, TACACS+, or Local). 4 Specify authorization method (RADIUS, TACACS+ or Local).
PAGE 1453
NOTE: If you are authorized for the EXEC Privilege mode by your role, you do not need to enter an enable password. Related Commands • enable password — configures a password for the enable command and to access a privilege level. role Changes command permissions for roles.
PAGE 1454
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. • userrole — creates user roles. show role Display information on permissions assigned to a command, including user role and/or permission level. Syntax show role mode {mode} {command} Parameters command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords.
PAGE 1455
Related Commands • userrole — create user roles. show userroles Display information on all defined user roles.
PAGE 1456
userrole Create user roles for the role-based security model. Syntax userrole name inherit existing-role-name To delete a role name, use the no userrole name command. Note that the reserved role names may not be deleted. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1457
role mode { { { addrole | deleterole } role-name } | reset } command – Modifies (adds or deletes) command permissions for newly created user roles and system defined roles. Related Commands • role mode { { { addrole | deleterole } role-name } | reset } command — modifies (adds or deletes) command permissions for newly created user roles and system defined roles.
PAGE 1458
Table 6.
PAGE 1459
Usage Information When the drop icmp feature is configured, the system drops the ICMP reply messages on the front end and management interfaces. By default, the Dell Networking OS responds to all the ICMP messages. NOTE: There is no separate CLI to enable IP ID randomness. By default, the IP ID in the kernel is randomized. For more information on the ICMP message types, see the ICMP Commands section.
PAGE 1460
48 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging section. This section includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking OS Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. Dell Networking OS supports L2PT on Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1461
• For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID.
PAGE 1462
stp Enter the keyword stp to enable protocol tunneling on a spanning tree, including STP, MSTP, RSTP, and PVST. Defaults none Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 1463
Usage Information Related Command Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, and S-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1464
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Dell Networking OS must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit Enable traffic rate limiting per box. Syntax protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate To reset the rate limit to the default, use the no protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate command. Parameters rate Enter the rate in frames per second. The range is from 75 to 3000. The default is 75. Defaults 75 frames per second.
PAGE 1465
Related Commands • show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. • show running-config — displays the current configuration. show protocol-tunnel Display protocol tunnel information for all or a specified VLAN-Stack VLAN. Syntax Parameters show protocol-tunnel [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display information for the one VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1466
Related Commands 1466 • show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1467
49 sFlow The Dell Networking OS supports sFlow commands. The Dell Networking OS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1468
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ip-address | ipv6address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
PAGE 1469
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.3 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series, C-Series, and SSeries. 8.4.1.1 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1470
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1471
NOTE: After a physical port is a member of a LAG, it inherits the sFlow configuration from the LAG port. Related Commands • sflow enable (Global) — turn sFlow globally. sflow extended-switch enable Enable packing information on a switch only. Syntax sflow extended-switch enable To disable packing information, use the no sflow extended-switch [enable] command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable global extended information. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1472
sflow max-header-size extended Set the maximum header size of a packet to 256 bytes. Syntax sflow max-header-size extended To reset the maximum header size of a packet, use the[no] sflow max-header-size extended command. Parameters extended Defaults 128 bytes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter the keyword extended to copy 256 bytes from the sample packets to sFlow datagram. INTERFACE Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1473
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1474
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1475
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken. This command changes the global default sampling rate.
PAGE 1476
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command changes the sampling rate for an interface. By default, the sampling rate of an interface is set to the same value as the current global default sampling rate.
PAGE 1477
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The dropEvent counter (sFlow samples dropped due to sub-sampling) shown in the following example always displays a value of zero.
PAGE 1478
50 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This section contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on Dell Networking OS. Topics: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1479
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1480
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1481
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The following Example displays a group named ngroup.
PAGE 1482
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1483
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. unknown Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#config!------command run on host connected to switch: --------------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.
PAGE 1484
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1485
Dell(conf)# snmp-server community guest ro snmp-ro-acl Dell(conf)# Related Commands • ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on IP address. • ipv6 access-list — configures an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. • show running-config — displays the current SNMP configuration and defaults. snmp-server contact Configure contact information for troubleshooting this SNMP node.
PAGE 1486
snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notification-option] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notificationoption] command. Parameters notification-type notification-option Enter the type of notification from the following list: • bgp — Notification of changes in the BGP process. • config — Notification of changes to the startup or running configuration. • ecfm — Notification of changes to ECFM.
PAGE 1487
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the following two SNMP notification options: syslog-reachable and syslog-unreachable. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.
PAGE 1488
Format (as specified in RFC 3411): 12 octets. • The first four octets are set to the private enterprise number. • The remaining eight octets are the MAC address of the chassis. remote ip-address Enter the keyword remote followed by the IP address that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the remote device. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF that is used to reach the device. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify the VRF that is used by the SNMP engine to reach the device.
PAGE 1489
Related Commands • show snmp engineID — displays the SNMP engine and all the remote engines that are configured on the router. • show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server group Configure a new SNMP group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
PAGE 1490
access-list-name ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter both an IPv4 and IPv6 access list name. Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1491
snmp-server host Configure the recipient of an SNMP trap operation. Syntax snmp-server host ip-address | ipv6-address [vrf vrf-name] traps | informs [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | no auth | priv] [community-string] [udp-port portnumber] [notification-type] To remove the SNMP host, use the no snmp-server host ip-address [vrf vrf-name] traps | informs [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | noauth | priv] [community-string] [udpport number] [notification-type] command.
PAGE 1492
NOTE: For version 1 and version 2c security models, this string represents the name of the SNMP community. The string can be set using this command; however, Dell Networking OS recommends setting the community string using the snmp-server community command before executing this command. For version 3 security model, this string is the USM user security name. udp-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords udp-port followed by the port number of the remote host to use. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 1493
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for VRRP traps. 7.6.1.0 Added support for STP and xSTP notification types. Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To configure the router to send SNMP notifications, enter at least one snmp-server host command.
PAGE 1494
snmp-server location Configure the location of the SNMP server. Syntax snmp-server location text To delete the SNMP location, use the no snmp-server location command. Parameters text Enter an alpha-numeric text string, up to 55 characters long. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1495
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1496
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1497
• v1v2creadu — maps to a community with ro permissions. • 1v2cwriteu — maps to a community rw permissions. remote ip-address Enter the keywords udp-port then the user datagram protocol (UDP) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. vrf vrf-name Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF this is used to connect to the SNMP server. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify a VRF name that is used to connect to the remote host.
PAGE 1498
Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6.(0.0) Added aes 128 encryption algorithm parameter.
PAGE 1499
Example Related Commands Dell#conf Dell(conf)# snmp-server user n3user ngroup remote 172.31.1.3 udp-port 5009 3 auth md5 authpasswd • show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp-server user (for AES128-CFB Encryption) Specify that AES128-CFB encryption algorithm needs to be used for transmission of SNMP information. The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Cipher Feedback (CFB) 128-bit encryption algorithm is in compliance with RFC 3826.
PAGE 1500
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Added support for the AES128-CFB encryption algorithm on the S4820T, S4810, S6000 and Z-Series platforms To enable robust, effective protection and security for SNMP packets transferred between the server and the client, you can use the snmp-server user username group groupname 3 auth authentication-type auth-password priv aes128 priv-password to specify that AES128-CFB encryption algorithm needs to be used.
PAGE 1501
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The oid-tree variable is a full sub-tree starting from 1.3.6 and cannot specify the name of a sub-tree or a MIB.
PAGE 1502
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Use this command to bind an SNMP agent to a VRF. The SNMP agent processes the requests from the interfaces that belong to the specified VRF. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. • show snmp user — display the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp trap link-status Enable the interface to send SNMP link traps, which indicate whether the interface is up or down.
PAGE 1503
Syslog Commands The following commands allow you to configure logging functions on all Dell Networking switches. clear logging Clear the messages in the logging buffer. Syntax clear logging Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1504
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the MXL.
PAGE 1505
Version Description E-Series legacy command Related Commands • logging buffered — set the logging buffered parameters. default logging console Return the default settings for messages logged to the console. Syntax default logging console Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1506
Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1507
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands • logging trap — limit messages logged to the Syslog servers based on severity.
PAGE 1508
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Added udp and tcp keywords for the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1509
Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following equivalent words: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. size (OPTIONAL) Indicate the size, in bytes, of the logging buffer. The number of messages buffered depends on the size of each message. The range is from 40960 to 524288. The default is 40960 bytes.
PAGE 1510
To return to the default values, use the default logging console command. To disable logging to the console, use the no logging console command. Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. Defaults level = 7; size = debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1511
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1512
• local2 (local use) • local3 (local use) • local4 (local use) • local5 (local use) • local6 (local use) • local7 (local use) • lpr (line printer system) • mail (mail system) • news (USENET news) • sys9 (system use) • sys10 (system use) • sys11 (system use) • sys12 (system use) • sys13 (system use) • sys14 (system use) • syslog (Syslog process) • user (user process) • uucp (Unix to Unix copy process) The default is local7.
PAGE 1513
Related Commands • logging — enables logging to a Syslog server • logging on — enables logging. logging history Specify which messages are logged to the history table of the switch and the SNMP network management station (if configured). Syntax logging history level To return to the default values, use the no logging history command.
PAGE 1514
logging history size Specify the number of messages stored in the Dell Networking logging history table. Syntax logging history size size To return to the default values, use the no logging history size command. Parameters size Indicate a value as the number of messages to be stored. The range is from 0 to 500. The default is 1 message. Defaults 1 message Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1515
To disable logging to terminal connections, use the no logging monitor command. Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. Defaults 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1516
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1517
• For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1518
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously. level level Enter the keyword level then a number as the severity level. A high number indicates a low severity level and vice versa. The range is from 0 to 7. The default is 2. all Enter the keyword all to turn off all. limit number-ofbuffers Enter the keyword limit then the number of buffers to be queued for the terminal after which new messages are dropped. The range is from 20 to 300. The default is 20.
PAGE 1519
logging trap Specify which messages are logged to the Syslog server based the message severity. Syntax logging trap [level] To return to the default values, use the default logging trap command. To disable logging, use the no logging trap command. Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 6 or informational.
PAGE 1520
logging version Displays syslog messages in a RFC 3164 or RFC 5424 format. Syntax logging version {0|1} Defaults 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1521
summary Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table showing the number of messages per type and per slot. Slots *7* and *8* represent RPMs. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1522
1.1.10.2 (Hold time expired) Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Neighbor 192.200.14.7 Up Oct 8 09:26:25: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Connection with neighbor 1.1.11.2 closed. Neighbor recycled Oct 8 09:26:25: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Connection with neighbor 1.1.14.2 closed.
PAGE 1523
defaults Command Modes Command History Example none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1524
terminal monitor Configure the Dell Networking OS to display messages on the monitor/terminal. Syntax terminal monitor To return to default settings, use the terminal no monitor command. defaults Disabled. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1525
51 SNMP Traps This section lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking OS. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Table 7. SNMP Trap List Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1526
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE rising threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON hi
PAGE 1527
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY %CHMGR-2-RPM_DOWN: RPM 0 down card removed CHM_RPM_PRIMARY %RAM-5-COLD_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Completed %RAM-5-HOT_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Completed %RAM-5-FAST_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Completed CHM_SFM_ADD %TSM-5-SFM_DISCOVERY: Found SFM 1 CHM_SFM_REMOVE %TSM-5-SFM_REMOVE: Removed SFM 1 CHM_MAJ_SFM
PAGE 1528
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-1-MINOR_PS: Minor alarm: power supply non-redundant CHM_MIN_ALARM_PS_CLR %CHMGR-5-MINOR_PS_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: power supply redundant CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MINOR_TEMP: Minor alarm: chassis temperature CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP_CLR %CHMRG-5-MINOR_TEMP_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: chassis temperature normal (%s %d temperature is within threshold of %dC) CHM_
PAGE 1529
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE For the E1200: %CHMGR-2FAN_BAD: Minor alarm: some fans in fan tray %d are down For the E600 and E300: %CHMGR2-1FANBAD: Minor alarm: fan in fan tray is down CHM_MIN_FANBAD_CLR For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_OK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray %d are good For E600 and E300: %CHMGR-5FANOK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray are
PAGE 1530
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %CHMGR-1-PORT_TEMP_MINOR: Minor Alarm Interface %s temperature exceeds threshold PORT_TEMP_MAJOR_CLR %CHMGR-1-PORT_TEMP_MAJOR_CLR: Major Alarm cleared for Interface %s port temperature is lower than threshold VRRP_BADAUTH %RPM1-P:RP2 %VRRP-3VRRP_BAD_AUTH: vrid-1 on Gi 11/12 rcvd pkt with authentication type mismatch.
PAGE 1531
52 Stacking All commands in this chapter are specific to the Dell Networking OS. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S-Series units. For information about using the S-Series stacking feature, see the Stacking S-Series Switches section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. CAUTION: You cannot enable stacking simultaneously with virtual link trunking (VLT).
PAGE 1532
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the members option.
PAGE 1533
Example Dell#redundancy force-failover stack-unit System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]: yes ! Apr 20 11:44:03: %STKUNIT1-M:CP %FILEMGR-5-FILESAVED: Copied running-config to startup-config in flash by default Synchronizing data to peer stack-unit !!! ... Proceed with stack-unit hot failover [confirm yes/no]:yes redundancy protocol Enable hitless failover for a protocol.
PAGE 1534
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.
PAGE 1535
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. To modify your results, use the show redundancy [pipe] command, as follows: • except — show only text that doesn not match a pattern. • find — search for the first occurrence of a pattern.
PAGE 1536
STP: SPAN: CRYPTOMGR: no block sync done no block sync done succeeded Apr 19 2016 15:35:44 show system stack-ports Display information about the stacking ports on all switches in the stack. Syntax show system stack-ports [status | topology] Parameters Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword status to display the command output without the Connection field. topology (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword topology to limit the table to just the Interface and Connection fields.
PAGE 1537
1/53 1/54 2/53 2/54 3/53 3/54 4/53 4/54 5/53 5/54 6/53 6/54 Example (Status) 6/53 2/53 1/54 3/53 2/54 4/53 3/54 5/53 4/54 6/54 1/53 5/54 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up Dell#show system stack-ports status Topology: Daisy chain Interface Link Speed Admin Link (Gb/s) Status Status -------------------------------------------1/25 10 up up 1/26 10 up down 1/27 10 up down 1/28 10 up down 3/25 10 up up 3/26 10 up down 3/27 10 up down
PAGE 1538
• show system – displays the current status of all stack members or a specific member. stack-unit priority Configure the ability of a switch to become the management unit of a stack. Syntax stack-unit stack-number priority priority-value Parameters stack-number Enter the stack member unit identifier. priority-value This preference parameter allows you to specify the management priority of one backup switch over another, with 1 as the lowest priority and 14 being the highest.
PAGE 1539
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. • reload – reboot the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1540
Usage Information The following message displays to confirm the command. Setting ports Fo 1/60 as stack group will make their interface configs obsolete after a reload.[confirm yes/no]: If “y” is entered, all non-default configurations on any member ports of the current stack group will be removed when the unit is rebooted.
PAGE 1541
• show version — displays the current Dell Networking OS version information on the system.
PAGE 1542
53 Storm Control The Dell Networking OS storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1543
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show storm-control broadcast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1544
show storm-control multicast Display the storm control multicast configuration. Syntax show storm-control multicast [interface] Parameters Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1545
show storm-control unknown-unicast Display the storm control unknown-unicast configuration. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show storm-control unknown-unicast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1546
storm-control broadcast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in the network. Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast rate-limiting, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1547
Usage Information Broadcast storm control is valid on Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces only. Layer 2 broadcast traffic is treated as unknown-unicast traffic. storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1548
To disable storm-control for multicast traffic into the network, use the no storm-control multicast packets_per_second in command. Parameters packets_per_secon d in Enter the packets per second of multicast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1549
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1550
storm-control unknown-unicast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed in or out of the network. Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [packets_per_second in] To disable storm control for unknown-unicast traffic, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_secon d in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1551
To disable unknown-unicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters percentage decimal_value [in | out] E-Series Only: Enter the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in or out of the network. Optionally, you can designate a decimal value percentage, for example, 55.5%. The percentage is from 0 to 100: • 0% blocks all related traffic.
PAGE 1552
54 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this section configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the Dell Networking switch/routing platform. Topics: • bridge-priority • bpdu-destination-mac-address • debug spanning-tree • description • disable • forward-delay • hello-time • max-age • protocol spanning-tree • show config • show spanning-tree 0 • spanning-tree bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.
PAGE 1553
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1554
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. debug spanning-tree Enable debugging of the spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. Syntax debug spanning-tree {stp-id [all | bpdu | config | events | exceptions | general | root] | protocol} To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0.
PAGE 1555
Usage Information Related Commands When you enable debug spanning-tree bpdu for multiple interfaces, the software only sends information on BPDUs for the last interface specified. • protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. description Enter a description of the spanning tree. Syntax description {description} To remove the description from the spanning tree, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1556
Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1557
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1558
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. • max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information.
PAGE 1559
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. • hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree To enable and configure the spanning tree group, enter SPANNING TREE mode. Syntax protocol spanning-tree stp-id To disable the Spanning Tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree stp-id command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0).
PAGE 1560
Related Commands • disable — disables spanning tree group 0. To enable spanning tree group 0, use the no disable command. show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values display. Syntax show config Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1561
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a synopsis of the spanning tree group configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an STP interface and the current port state. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface and the type slot/port of the interface you want displayed. Type slot/port options are the following: • For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID.
PAGE 1562
Example Field Description “Bridge Identifier...” Lists the bridge priority and the MAC address for this STP bridge. “Configured hello...” Displays the settings for hello time, max age, and forward delay. “We are...” States whether this bridge is the root bridge for the STG. “Current root...” Lists the bridge priority and MAC address for the root bridge. “Topology flag...” States whether the topology flag and the detected flag were set. “Number of...
PAGE 1563
BPDU: sent:18, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 28 (GigabitEthernet 1/3) is Forwarding Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.28 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.
PAGE 1564
To disable Spanning Tree group on an interface, use the no spanning-tree stp-id {cost cost | {loopguard | rootguard} | portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority} command. Parameters stp-id Enter the STP instance ID. The range is 0. cost cost Enter the keyword cost then a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. The defaults are: • 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 4. • 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2. • Port Channel interface with 100 Mb/s Ethernet = 18.
PAGE 1565
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.10.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series, C-Series, and SSeries. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the shutdown-on-violation option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1566
55 SupportAssist SupportAssist sends troubleshooting data securely to Dell. SupportAssist in this Dell Networking OS release does not support automated email notification at the time of hardware fault alert, automatic case creation, automatic part dispatch, or reports. SupportAssist requires Dell Networking OS 9.9(0.0) and SmartScripts 9.7 or later to be installed on the Dell Networking device. For more information on SmartScripts, see Dell Networking Open Automation guide.
PAGE 1567
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. • When you run the command, the system displays a message with the information directing to the URL for further information.
PAGE 1568
Reject the EULA: Dell(conf)#eula-consent support-assist reject Aug 24 22:35:38: %STKUNIT1-M:CP %SUPPORT_ASSIST-6-SUPASSIST_EVT: Event monitor service stopped I do not accept the terms of the license agreement. The SupportAssist feature has been deactivated and can no longer be used. To enable SupportAssist configurations, accept the terms of the license agreement by configuring this command 'eula-consent support-assist accept'.
PAGE 1569
Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. You are guided through a series of queries to configure SupportAssist.
PAGE 1570
SupportAssist Commands Dell Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist mode commands. activity Move to the SupportAssist Activity mode for an activity. Allow the user to configure customized details for a specific activity. Syntax activity {activity-name} To remove all customized detail for a specific activity, use the no activity {activity-name} command. Parameters activity-name Enter one of the following keywords: • Enter the keyword full-transfer to enable or disable full transfer.
PAGE 1571
Parameters company-name Enter the name for the company. If there are multiple words in the name, use optional additional fields. company-nextname (OPTIONAL) Enter the next components of the company name, up to 5 components are allowed. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1572
Usage Information Each contact person must be unique by their name. You can configure only one contact person. It is not possible to remove the first name or last name. The no form of the command removes the entire contactperson entry. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. enable Enable all activities and severs for the SupportAssist service. Syntax enable all To disable the SupportAssist activities temporarily, use the no enable all command.
PAGE 1573
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1574
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. The remote file specification for full transfer includes the protocol that is used to copy the file from the remote system. The default Manifest-file for full transfer includes records like alarms, logs, operational, and configuration data. Related Commands • action-manifest install — configure the action-manifest to use for a specific activity.
PAGE 1575
• action-manifest remove — remove the action-manifest file for an activity. action-manifest remove Remove the action-manifest file from Dell Networking OS. Syntax Parameters Command Modes action-manifest remove } local-file-name Enter the name of the local action-manifest file. Allowable characters are: a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9, -, _, and space.
PAGE 1576
Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. • action-manifest get — copy an action-manifest file for an activity to the system. • action-manifest install — configure the action-manifest to use for a specific activity.
PAGE 1577
address Configure the address information for the company. Syntax address [city company-city] [{province | region | state} name] [country company-country] [{postalcode | zipcode] company-code] To remove a portion of the company address information, use the no address [city | province | region | state | country | postalcode | zipcode] command. For example, to remove the city alone, use the no address city command. To remove the complete company contact information, use the no address command.
PAGE 1578
street-address Configure the street address information for the company. Syntax street-address {address1} [address2]…[address8] To remove the street address, use the no street-address command. Parameters address1 Enter the street address for the company. address2..address8 (OPTIONAL) Enter the street address of the company site. Up to 8 fields are allowed. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST COMPANY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1579
SupportAssist Person Commands Dell Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist Person mode commands. email-address Configure the email addresses to reach the contact person. Syntax email-address primary email-address [alternate email-address] To remove an email address, use the no email-address command. To remove the primary and the alternate email addresses, use the no email-address primary and no email-address alternate commands respectively.
PAGE 1580
Parameters primary phone Enter the keyword primary then the primary phone number for the person. alternate phone Enter the keyword alternate then the alternate phone number for the person. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST PERSON Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1581
• phone — configure phone numbers to reach the contact person. time-zone Configure the time zone for contacting the person. Syntax time-zone zone +-HH:MM[start-time HH:MM] [end-time HH:MM] To remove the time zone, use the no time-zone [zone | start-time | end-time] command. Parameters zone +-HH:MM Enter the keyword zone then a time difference from GMT expressed as HH:MM. This number may be preceded by either a + or – sign.
PAGE 1582
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. NOTE: To use the IPv6 address, the Open Automation package should also support IPv6 communications. For this purpose, SupportAssist requires Dell Networking Open Automation 9.10(0.0) package or later. port port-number Enter the keyword port then the TCP/IP port number. The port number range is from 1024 to 65534. username userid (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword username then the user ID used for the proxy server.
PAGE 1583
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. • server — configure the name of the remote SupportAssist server. url Configure the URL to reach the SupportAssist remote server. Syntax url uniform-resource-locator To delete the URL for the server, use the no url command.
PAGE 1584
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1585
show running-config Display the current configuration and changes from the default values. Syntax Parameters show running-config support-assist support-assist Enter the keyword support-assist to view the detailed configuration for the feature. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1586
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1587
56 System Time and Date The commands in this section configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking OS, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, see “Network Time Protocol” of the Management section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1588
start-day Enter the number of the day. The range is from 1 to 31. You can enter the name of a month to change the order of the display to time day month year. start-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is from 1993 to 2035. start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-day Enter the number of the day. The range is from 1 to 31.
PAGE 1589
clock summer-time recurring Set the software clock to convert to daylight saving time on a specific day each year. Syntax clock summer-time time-zone recurring [start-week start-day start-month starttime end-week end-day end-month end-time [offset]] To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration, use the no clock summer-time command. Parameters time-zone Enter the three-letter name for the time zone. This name is displayed in the show clock output. You can enter up to eight characters.
PAGE 1590
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1591
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1592
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1593
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You also must configure an authentication key for NTP traffic using the ntp authentication-key command. ntp authentication-key Specify a key for authenticating the NTP server.
PAGE 1594
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. After configuring the ntp authentication-key command, configure the ntp trusted-key command to complete NTP authentication. Dell Networking OS versions 8.2.1.0 and later use an encryption algorithm to store the authentication key that is different from previous Dell Networking OS versions; beginning in version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1595
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1596
• 224.0.1.1 is configured if the interface address is IPv4 • ff05::101 is configured if the interface address is IPv6 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1597
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. ntp offset-threshold Configure the threshold time interval before which the system generates an NTP audit log message if the time difference from the NTP server is greater than a threshold value (offset-threshold). Syntax ntp offset-threshold threshold-value To disable the threshold value, use the no ntp offset-threshold command.
PAGE 1598
version number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version and a number to correspond to the NTP version used on the server. The range is from 1 to 4. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1599
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-GigabitEthernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port-channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then the portchannel ID.
PAGE 1600
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1601
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show clock 11:05:56.949 UTC Thu Oct 25 2001 Dell# Example (Detail) Dell# show clock detail 12:18:10.
PAGE 1602
Usage Information Example Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp associations command shown in the Example below. Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: • * means synchronized to this peer.
PAGE 1603
show ntp vrf associations Displays the NTP servers configured for the VRF instance . Syntax show ntp [vrf] associations. Command Modes EXECEXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.
PAGE 1604
Usage Information Example Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below. Field Description “Clock is...
PAGE 1605
57 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on Dell Networking OS. Topics: • ip unnumbered • ipv6 unnumbered • tunnel allow-remote • tunnel destination • tunnel dscp • tunnel flow-label • tunnel hop-limit • tunnel keepalive • tunnel-mode • tunnel source ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address.
PAGE 1606
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.1) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S5000 and Z9000. The ip unnumbered command fails in two conditions: • If the logical ip address is configured. • If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends.
PAGE 1607
• If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ipv6 unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical IP address is identified from one of the address family.
PAGE 1608
If you configure any allow-remote , the tunnel source or tunnel mode commands fail if the outer header address family does not match that of the configured allow-remote. tunnel destination Set a destination endpoint for the tunnel. Syntax tunnel destination {ip-address | ipv6–address} To delete a tunnel destination address, use the no tunnel destination {ip-address | ipv6– address} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the destination IPv4 address for the tunnel.
PAGE 1609
Parameters mapped Enter the keyword mapped to map the original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 63. The default value of 0 denotes mapping of original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel.
PAGE 1610
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000. This command is only valid for tunnel interfaces with an IPv6 outer header.
PAGE 1611
tunnel keepalive Configure the tunnel keepalive target, interval and attempts. Syntax tunnel keepalive {ip-address | ipv6-address}[interval {seconds}] [attempts {count | unlimited}] To disable the tunnel keepalive probes use the no tunnel keepalive command. Parameters ip-address ipv6 address Enter the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the peer to which the keepalive probes will be sent.
PAGE 1612
into a keepalive down state that does not clear in a few seconds, then performing shutdown - no shutdown sequence on one end should bring both ends back to up. tunnel-mode Enable a tunnel interface. . Syntax tunnel mode {ipip | ipv6 | ipv6ip}[decapsulate-any] To disable an active tunnel interface, use the no tunnel mode command. Parameters ipip Enable tunnel in RFC 2003 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel.
PAGE 1613
tunnel source Set a source address for the tunnel. Syntax tunnel source {ip-address | ipv6–address | interface-type-number | anylocal} To delete the current tunnel source address, use the no tunnel source command. Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. interface-typenumber • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1614
58 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
PAGE 1615
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10.0.2 Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1616
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • clear ufd-disable — re-enable downstream interfaces that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state. description Enter a text description of an uplink-state group. Syntax description text Parameters text Text description of the uplink-state group. The maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters.
PAGE 1617
To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no downstream interface command.
PAGE 1618
downstream auto-recover Enable auto-recovery so that UFD-disabled downstream ports in an uplink-state group automatically come up when a disabled upstream port in the group comes back up. Syntax downstream auto-recover To disable auto-recovery on downstream links, use the no downstream auto-recover command. Defaults The auto-recovery of UFD-disabled downstream ports is enabled. Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1619
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10.0.2 Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 1620
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • uplink-state-group — create an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups.
PAGE 1621
Related Commands • show uplink-state-group — displays the status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
PAGE 1622
Uplink State Group : 3 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Gi 1/25(Up) Gi 1/28(Up) Downstream Interfaces : Te 5/1(Up) Te 5/1(Up) Te 5/3(Up) Te 5/5(Up) Te 5/6(Up) Uplink State Group : 5 Status: Enabled, Down Upstream Interfaces : Gi 1/1(Dwn) Gi 1/3(Dwn) Gi 1/5(Dwn) Downstream Interfaces : Te 5/2(Dis) Te 5/4(Dis) Te 5/11(Dis) Te 5/12(Dis) Te 5/13(Dis) Te 5/14(Dis) Te 5/15(Dis) Uplink State Group : 6 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 7 Status: Enabled,
PAGE 1623
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. After you enter the command, to assign upstream and downstream interfaces to the group, enter Uplink-StateGroup Configuration mode. An uplink-state group is considered operationally up if at least one upstream interface in the group is in the Link-Up state. An uplink-state group is considered operationally down if no upstream interfaces in the group are in the Link-Up state.
PAGE 1624
Usage Information Version Description 9.10.0.2 Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group.
PAGE 1625
59 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell Networking OS supports this feature. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in Layer 2.
PAGE 1626
dei honor Honor the incoming DEI value by mapping it to a Dell Networking OS drop precedence. Enter the command once for 0 and once for 1. Syntax dei honor {0 | 1} {green | red | yellow} Parameters 0|1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color. green | red | yellow Choose a color: • Green: High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped. • Yellow: Lower priority packets that are treated as best-effort.
PAGE 1627
green | red | yellow Choose a color: • Green: High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped. • Yellow: Lower priority packets that are treated as best-effort. Defaults All the packets on egress are marked with DEI 0. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON.
PAGE 1628
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1629
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.2 Introduced on the S4810. WARNING: The following message displays to confirm the command: All non-default configurations on the related member ports ports () will be removed. Do you want to continue (y/n)? If you enter “y”, all non-default configurations on any member ports of the current stack group are removed when you reboot the unit.
PAGE 1630
To remove the access port designation, remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN-enabled VLANs. vlan-stack compatible Enable the stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN. Syntax vlan-stack compatible To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN, use the no vlan-stack compatible command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1631
* 1 2 Inactive Active 3 Active 4 Active 5 Active M M M M M M M M M M M Dell# Gi 1/13 Gi 1/1-3 Po1(Gi 1/14-15) Gi 1/18 Gi 1/4 Po1(Gi 1/14-15) Gi 1/18 Gi 1/5 Po1(Gi 1/14-15) Gi 1/18 Gi 1/6 vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to an S-Tag dot1p value. Syntax Parameters vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1632
vlan-stack protocol-type Define the stackable VLAN tag protocol identifier (TPID) for the outer VLAN tag (also called the VMAN tag). If you do not configure this command, the Dell Networking OS assigns the value 0x9100. Syntax vlan-stack protocol-type number Parameters number Enter the hexadecimal number as the stackable VLAN tag. You may specify both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. The range is from 0 to FFFF. The default is 9100.
PAGE 1633
Related Commands Number Resulting TPID 8100 0x8100 • portmode hybrid — sets a port (physical ports only) to accept both tagged and untagged frames. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. • vlan-stack trunk — specifies a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the stackable VLAN network.
PAGE 1634
To remove the trunk port designation, first remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN-enabled VLANs. In Example 1, a VLAN-Stack trunk port is configured and then made part of a single-tagged VLAN. In Example 2, the tag protocol identifier (TPID) is set to 88A8.
PAGE 1635
Dell(conf-if-vlan)# vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vlan)# member Gi 4/1, Gi 3/10, Gi 5/1 Dell(conf-if-vlan)# exit Dell(config)# interface vlan 30 Dell(conf-if-vlan)# untagged Gi 5/1 Dell(conf-if-vlan)# exit Dell(config)# Dell(config)# interface vlan 40 Dell(conf-if-vlan)# tagged Gi 5/1 Dell(conf-if-vlan)# exit Dell(config)# VLAN Stacking 1635
PAGE 1636
60 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to coexist on the same router at the same time. Topics: • ip vrf • ip http vrf • description • ip vrf forwarding • ip route-export • ip route-import • ipv6 route-export • ipv6 route-import • match source-protocol • redistribute • interface management • maximum dynamic-routes • show ip vrf • show run vrf ip vrf Create or delete a customer VRF.
PAGE 1637
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON and Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. You cannot use the keyword default as a VRF name as this name indicates a special VRF. To create a management VRF, use the keyword management. The VRF ID is optional. ip http vrf Configure an HTTP client with a VRF used to connect to the HTTP server.
PAGE 1638
description Specify a name for a customer VRF. Syntax description string To delete the descriptive name for a customer VRF, use the no description string command. Parameters string Enter a descriptive name for the VRF. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1639
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. You can attach an interface to either a nondefault VRF or a management VRF. To assign a port-back to a default VRF, remove the VRF association from the interface. You can use this only if there is no IP address configured on the interface.
PAGE 1640
route-map-name (Optional) Enter the name of the route-map to filter the exported routes. You can leak global routes to VRFs. As the global RTM usually contains a large pool of routes, when the destination VRF imports global routes, these routes are duplicated into the VRF's RTM. It is mandatory to use route-maps to filter out leaked routes while sharing global routes with VRFs. Command Modes Command History Usage Information • VRP mode • CONFIGURATION mode This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1641
To import leaked routes from another VRF, use the same ASN number that is specified as the export route target at the source VRF. route-map-name Enter the name of the route-map to filter the imported routes. NOTE: Use the route-map attribute while importing routes from the global RTM. Route-maps allow you to filter routes at the import end based on the matching criteria that you define in the route-map.
PAGE 1642
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • VRF mode • CONFIGURATION mode This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 1643
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information N/A • VRF mode • CONFIGURATION mode This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 1644
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. Specify the matching criteria only after defining a route-map. Before using this command, you must enter Route Map mode using the route-map route-map-name command. The match criteria that you specify is associated with the route-map that you define.
PAGE 1645
interface management Associates a management port with a management VRF. Syntax interface management To delete the association between a management port and a management VRF, use the no interface management command. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1646
After the limit is reached, additional dynamic routes are still allowed. Defaults No limit is set on the maximum number of dynamic routes for a VRF. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-VRF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1647
Example Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Dell# show ip vrf VRF-Name VRF-ID Interfaces fault 0 Nu 0, test1 test2 management 1 2 64 Dell# show ip vrf test1 VRF-Name test1 Gi Te Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma 1/1-13,18-47, 1/49,50,51,52, 1/1, 2/1, 3/1, 4/1, 5/1, 6/1, Vl 1 Gi 1/14,16-17 Gi 1/15 VRF-ID Interfaces 1 Gi 1/14,16-17 show run vrf Displays configuration information corresponding to all the VRFs in the system.
PAGE 1648
Example 1648 Dell# show run vrf test3 ! ip vrf test3 description "Banking Customer Chennai" Dell# Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)
PAGE 1649
61 VLT Proxy Gateway The virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a Layer 3 (L3) end point in another VLT domain. Enable the VLT proxy gateway using the link layer discover protocol (LLDP) method or the static configuration. For more information, see the Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1650
3 Example The proxy-gateway LLDP configuration is applied. Dell(conf)# vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain)# proxy-gateway lldp Dell(conf-vlt-domain)# proxy-gateway static Enables the proxy-gateway feature using static configurations. S3048–ON Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1651
mac-address Enter the 48-bit hexadecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. vlan-range Enter the VLAN IDs in which proxy gateway is not needed. The VLANs are excluded from doing proxy gateway. The value can be a single VLAN ID, comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, or a combination. For example: Comma-separated: 3, 4, 6 Range: 5-10 Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW STATIC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1652
vlan-range Enter the VLAN IDs that you want to exclude from the proxy gateway. The value can be a single VLAN ID, comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, or a combination. For example: Comma-separated: 3, 4, 6 Range: 5-10 Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1653
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Removed the default value on the S-Series and Z-Series. 9.4(0.
PAGE 1654
This configuration is applicable only for an LLDP proxy gateway. A typical use example is a square VLT topology with single link connecting to the remote peers. Example Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-lldp)# vlt-peer-mac transmit show vlt-proxy-gateway Displays the VLT proxy gateway configuration.
PAGE 1655
Example Dell#show vlt proxy-gateway VLT Proxy Gateway Brief ------------------------Config Mode: Global LLDP Config Status: peer-mac-transmit Status: LLDP Enabled Disabled Dell#show vlt proxy-gateway info static Mac Address Exclude Vlan ---------------------00:01:e8:8a:e8:f7 3,7-8 00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 3,7-8 Dell#show vlt proxy-gateway info lldp LagId Mac Address Exclude Vlan ----- ---------------------Po 55 00:01:e8:8a:e8:f7 3,7-8 << Macs learnt via port-channel 55 Po 55 00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 3,7-8 VLT Proxy G
PAGE 1656
62 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1657
• show vlt role • show vlt statistics • show vlt statistics igmp-snoop • system-mac • unit-id • vlt domain • vlt-peer-lag port-channel • show vlt private-vlan back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer used as the VLT backup link endpoint for sending out-of-band (OOB) hello messages.
PAGE 1658
clear vlt statistics Clear the VLT operation statistics. Syntax clear vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] Parameters domain Clear the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Clear the VLT statistics for multicast. mac Clear the VLT statistics for the MAC address. arp Clear the VLT statistics for ARP. igmp-snoop Clear the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Clear the VLT statistics for NDP. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1659
delay-restore Configure the delay in bringing up VLT ports after reload or peer-link restoration between the VLT peer switches. Syntax Parameters delay-restore delay-restore Enter the amount of time, in seconds, to delay bringing up the VLT ports after the VLTi device reloads or after the peer-link restores between VLT peer switches. The range from 1 to 1200. The default is 90 seconds. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1660
To remove the boot up timer value, use the no delay-restore abort-threshold command. Parameters interval Enter the interval value (in seconds) for the delay restore timer to abort. The range is from 1 to 1800 seconds. The default is 60 seconds. This delay restore timer applies only during reload/boot-up and not in other scenarios (for example, during ICL flap). Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1661
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added port-channel parameter on the S4810. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1662
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. peer-link port-channel Configure the specified port channel as the chassis interconnect trunk between VLT peers in the domain.
PAGE 1663
Usage Information To configure the VLAN from where the VLT peer forwards packets received over the VLTi from an adjacent VLT peer that is down, use the peer-down-vlan option. When a VLT peer with bare metal provisioning (BMP) is booting up, it sends untagged DHCP discover packets to its peer over the VLTi. To ensure that the DHCP discover packets are forwarded to the VLAN that has the DHCP server, use this configuration. peer-routing Enable Layer 3 (L3) VLT peer-routing.
PAGE 1664
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for default value on the S-Series and Z-Series. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1665
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. After you configure a VLT domain on each peer switch and connect (cable) the two VLT peers on each side of the VLT interconnect, the system elects a primary and secondary VLT peer device. To configure the primary and secondary roles before the election process, use the primary-priority command.
PAGE 1666
Version : Local System MAC address : Remote System MAC address : Remote system version : Delay-Restore timer : Delay-Restore Abort Threshold : Peer-Routing : Peer-Routing-Timeout timer : Multicast peer-routing timeout: Dell# 6(3) 00:01:e8:8a:e9:91 00:01:e8:8a:e9:76 6(3) 90 seconds 60 seconds Disabled 0 seconds 150 seconds show vlt backup-link Displays information about the backup link operation. Syntax show vlt backup-link Default Not configured.
PAGE 1667
show vlt counters Displays counter information. Syntax Parameters show vlt counters [arp| igmp-snoop | interface | mac | ndp] arp Enter the keyword arp to display the ARP counter information for the VLT. igmp-snoop Enter the keywords igmp-snoop to display the igmp-snooping counter information for the VLT. interface Enter the keyword interface to display the interface counter information for the VLT. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the MAC address counter information for the VLT.
PAGE 1668
Example (igmpsnoop interface port-channel) Dell#show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 2 VLT Port-ID: 2 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 0 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 Dell# show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 100 VLT Port-ID: 100 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 1 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 0 Ve Example (NDP and Non-VLT ARP) Dell#show vlt counters Total VLT Counters ------------------L2 Total MAC-Address Count: Total Arp
PAGE 1669
Example Dell# Dell(conf-if-vl-100)#show vlt detail Local LAG Id Peer LAG Id Local Status Peer Status Active VLANs ------------ ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------10 10 UP UP 100, 200, 300, 400, show vlt inconsistency Display run-time inconsistencies in the incoming interface (IIF) for spanned multicast routes (mroutes). Syntax show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1670
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced support for Q-in-Q implementation over VLT on the S-Series and Z-Series. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1671
------128 ----mt ---mu Vlan-stack protocol-type -----------------------Local ----0x4100 Peer ---0x8100 VLT-VLAN config --------------Local Lag --------128 Peer Lag Local VLANs -------- ----------128 4094 Peer VLANs ---------100 Dell# show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured.
PAGE 1672
Dell_VLTpeer2# show vlt role VLT Role ---------VLT Role: System MAC address: System Role Priority: Local System MAC address: Local System Role Priority: Secondary 00:01:e8:8a:df:bc 32768 00:01:e8:8a:df:e6 32768 show vlt statistics Displays VLT operations statistics. Syntax show vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] Parameters arp Enter the keyword arp to display the ARP VLT statistics. domain Enter the keyword domain to display the domain VLT statistics.
PAGE 1673
Example NOTE: The following example shows the statistics for all the VLT parameters. If you enter a specific keyword, such as mac, only the statistics for that VLT parameter displays.
PAGE 1674
show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Displays the informational packets and IGMP control PDUs that are exchanged between VLT peer nodes. Syntax show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1675
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1676
Usage Information When you create a VLT domain on a switch, the Dell Networking OS automatically assigns a unique unit ID (0 or 1) to each peer switch. The unit IDs are used for internal system operations. To explicitly configure the unit ID of a VLT peer, use the unit-id command. Configure a different unit ID (0 or 1) on each peer switch. This command minimizes the time required for the VLT system to determine the unit ID assigned to each peer switch when one peer reboots.
PAGE 1677
Parameters id-number Enter the respective VLT port-channel number of the peer device. The range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE PORT-CHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1678
Usage Information If you add an ICL or VLTi link as a member of a primary VLAN, the ICL becomes a part of the primary VLAN and its associated secondary VLANs, similar to the behavior for normal trunk ports. VLAN symmetry is not validated if you associate an ICL to a PVLAN. Similarly, if you dissociate an ICL from a PVLAN, although the PVLAN symmetry exists, ICL is removed from that PVLAN. The ICL Status field displays the type of VLAN port of the VLTi link configured in a PVLAN.
PAGE 1679
63 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • IPv4 VRRP Commands • IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds.
PAGE 1680
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges.
PAGE 1681
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The system encrypts the password and the show config command displays the encrypted text string. clear counters vrrp Clear the counters maintained on VRRP operations.
PAGE 1682
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information NOTE: This command also enables you to clear the port configurations corresponding to a range of ports. However, for Open Networking (ON) platforms the notation for specifying port range in the command is different from how you specify in non-ON platforms. • For non-ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range.
PAGE 1683
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1684
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Disable a VRRP group. Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1685
hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. Syntax hold-time {seconds | centisecs centisecs} To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 1686
preempt To preempt or become the MASTER router, configure a BACKUP router with a higher priority value. Syntax preempt To prohibit preemption, use the no preempt command. Defaults Enabled (that is, a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router). Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1687
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1688
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-vrid-4)# show config vrrp-group 4 virtual-address 119.192.182.
PAGE 1689
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1690
Description Gi 1/37 3 100 Y Master 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.2 Gi 1/37 4 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.206 200.200.200.207 ... short desc Gi 1/37 254 254 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.204 200.200.200.205 Dell> Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp command. Item Description GigabitEthernet 1/3... Displays the interface, VRRP group ID, and network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. State: master...
PAGE 1691
Authentication: (none) Tracking states for 1 interfaces: Up GigabitEthernet 1/17 priority-cost 10 -----------------GigabitEthernet 1/4, VRID: 2, Net: 10.1.2.253 VRF: 0 default State: Master, Priority: 110, Master: 10.1.2.253 (local) Hold Down: 10 sec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 1 sec Adv rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 1862, Gratuitous ARP sent: 0 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:02 Virtual IP address: 10.1.2.
PAGE 1692
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series (S50 only). 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you disable the interface, the cost value is subtracted from the priority value and forces a new MASTER election if the priority value is lower than the priority value in the BACKUP virtual routers. virtual-address Configure up to 12 virtual router IP addresses in the VRRP group.
PAGE 1693
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when you configure a virtual IP address. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets. A system message appears after you enter or delete the virtual-address command.
PAGE 1694
Related Command • vrrp delay reload — sets the delay time for VRRP initialization after a system reboot. vrrp delay reload Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after a system reboot. Syntax vrrp delay reload seconds Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay. The frange is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). Defaults 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1695
vrrp-group Assign a VRRP ID to an interface. You can configure up to 12 VRRP groups per interface. Syntax Parameters vrrp-group vrrp-id vrrp-id Enter a number as the group ID. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Related Command Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1696
Parameters 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify VRRP version 2 as defined by RFC 3768, Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol. 3 Enter the keyword 3 to specify VRRP version 3 as defined by RFC 5798, Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol. both Enter the keyword both for in-service migration from VRRP version 2 to VRRP version 3. Defaults 2 Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1697
• advertise-interval • description • disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. Syntax Parameters clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf vrf-name] vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group; range is from 1 to 255. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a VRF instance to clear the counters of all IPv6 VRRP groups in the specified VRF. The maximum is 32 characters.
PAGE 1698
Usage Information NOTE: You can also clear the port configurations corresponding to a range of ports. For Open Networking (ON) platforms, the notation for specifying the port range in the command is different from how you specify the port range in non-ON platforms. • For non-ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range.
PAGE 1699
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in nondefault VRF instances. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you do not specify an option, debugging is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. show vrrp ipv6 View the active IPv6 VRRP groups.
PAGE 1700
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show vrrp ipv6 command. Line starting with Description GigabitEthernet... Displays the interface, VRRP group ID, and network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network IP address. VRF VRF instance to which the VRRP group interface belongs.
PAGE 1701
State: Master, Priority: 101, Master: fe80::201:e8ff:fe7a:6bb9 (local) Hold Down: 0 centisec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 100 centisec Accept Mode: FALSE, Master AdvInt: 100 centisec Adv rcvd: 0, Bad pkts rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 64 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:02:ff Virtual IP address: 1::255 fe80::255 vrrp-ipv6-group Assign an interface to a VRRP group. Syntax Parameters vrrp-ipv6-group vrid vrid Enter the virtual-router ID number of the VRRP group. The VRID range is from 1 to 255. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1702
NOTE: For all routers to interoperate, configure the same VRID on neighboring routers (Dell Networking or non-Dell Networking) in the same VRRP group. Related Commands 1702 • virtual-address — assigns up to 12 virtual IP addresses per VRRP group.
PAGE 1703
64 X.509v3 X.509v3 is a standard for public key infrastructure (PKI) to manage digital certificates and public key encryption. This standard specifies a format for public-key certificates or digital certificates. Dell Networking OS supports X.509v3 standards.
PAGE 1704
Usage Information The following RBAC roles are allowed to issue this command: • sysadmin • secadmin Before deleting a CA certificate, the system checks whether that certificate is an issuer of other installed certificate on the system. If so, the system informs you to delete other installed certificates first. Related Commands crypto ca-cert installcrypto cert generatecrypto ca-cert install crypto ca-cert install Downloads and installs the certificate of a Certificate Authority (CA) on to the device.
PAGE 1705
crypto cert delete Deletes a trusted certificate. Syntax crypto cert delete Defaults NA. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced the command.
PAGE 1706
cert-path Enter the path to locally store the self-signed certificate or CSR. The path can be a full path or a relative path. If the system accepts this path, a notification is sent indicating the location where the CSR file is stored. You can then export the CSR to a CA using the “copy” command. Following is an example of a path that you can specify: flash:// certs/s4810-001-request.csr. key-file Enter the keyword key-file to specify the private key.
PAGE 1707
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced the command. The following RBAC roles are allowed to issue this command: • sysadmin • secadmin If the cert-file option is not specified in the command, then the system interactively prompts you to fill in various fields of the certificate signing request (CSR). You are prompted to fill out some metadata information for the certificate.
PAGE 1708
NOTE: After the certificate is successfully installed, the private key is deleted from the specified location and copied to the hidden location in NVRAM. password passphrase (Optional) Enter the keyword password followed by the password phrase used to decrypt the private key. NOTE: You can generate the private key and certificate on another host. While doing so, you must keep the private key encrypted with a passphrase so that the private key is not compromised during transport.
PAGE 1709
crypto x509 ocsp Configures the OCSP behavior. Syntax Parameters crypto x509 ocsp [nonce] [sign-requests] nonce Enter the keyword nonce to use the nonce feature for the OCSP requests to OCSP responder communication. This is a one-time value that must be returned in the OCSP response. If the OCSP responder is using precomputed responses, then it does not reply with the nonce. The nonce feature is off by default. The no version of the command disables the nonce feature.
PAGE 1710
reject Defaults Enter the keyword reject to reject the presented certificate and log in if OCSP retrieval fails. crypto x509 revocation ocsp accept Command Modes Command History • CONFIGURATION Mode This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Related Commands Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command.
PAGE 1711
logging secure Creates a log file for various events related to X.509v3 certificates. Syntax Parameters logging {hostname} {secure | tcp | udp} [vrf vrf-name] [sha1 fingerprint] [port port-number] hostname Enter the name of the host or device for which you wish to record logs corresponding to the certificates. NOTE: The hostname can be an IPV4 address, an IPV6 address, or a DNS hostname—with or without DNS suffix.
PAGE 1712
Related Commands • crypto cert install • crypto ca-cert install • crypto cert generate crypto x509 ca-keyid Creates a per-certificate configuration context using the specified subject key identifier. Syntax crypto x509 ca-keyid subject-key-identifier Use to the no crypto x509 ca-keyid command to remove this configuration. Parameters Defaults subject-keyidentifier Enter the content of the SubjectKeyIdentifier field from the CA certificate.
PAGE 1713
ocsp-server Configures OCSP server on a CA. Syntax Parameters ocsp-server url [nonce] [sign-requests] url Enter the URL for the OCSP responder using standard URI format. Either http or https protocol can be used. For example, http://[1100::101]:8888. nonce Enter the keyword nonce to use the nonce feature for the OCSP requests to OCSP responder communication. This number is a one-time value that must be returned in the OCSP response.
PAGE 1714
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command.
PAGE 1715
show crypto cert Displays the certificate information that is specified. Syntax Parameters show crypto cert {path} path (OPTIONAL) Enter the path to a local file where a certificate chain is stored in PEM format. If a path is not specified, display the certificate that is currently installed on the system. Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.